MIMX8QPNAVUXXAX [NXP]
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors;型号: | MIMX8QPNAVUXXAX |
厂家: | NXP |
描述: | i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors |
文件: | 总147页 (文件大小:2863K) |
中文: | 中文翻译 | 下载: | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
IMX8QPAEC
Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
Data Sheet: Technical Data
MIMX8QPnAVUxxAx
i.MX 8QuadPlus
Automotive and
Infotainment
Package Information
29 x 29 mm package case outline
Applications Processors
Ordering Information
See Table 2 on page 5
1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2 System Controller Firmware (SCFW) Requirements5
1.3 Related resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Architectural Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Modules List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1 Special Signal Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2 Recommended Connections for Unused Interfaces13
Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.1 Chip-level conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.2 Power supplies requirements and restrictions. . . . 26
4.3 PLL electrical characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.4 On-chip oscillators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.5 I/O DC Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.6 I/O AC Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
4.7 Output Buffer Impedance Parameters. . . . . . . . . . 45
4.8 System Modules Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.9 General-Purpose Media Interface (GPMI) Timing. 53
4.10 External Peripheral Interface Parameters . . . . . . . 62
4.11 Analog-to-digital converter (ADC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Boot mode configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.1 Boot mode configuration inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.2 Boot devices interfaces allocation. . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Package information and contact assignments . . . . . . 117
6.1 FCPBGA, 29 x 29 mm, 0.75 mm pitch . . . . . . . . 117
Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
1 Introduction
The i.MX 8 Family consists of two processors:
2
3
i.MX 8QuadMax and 8QuadPlus. This data sheet covers
the i.MX 8QuadPlus processor, which is composed of
®
®
seven cores (one Arm Cortex -A72, four Arm
®
®
Cortex -A53, and two Arm Cortex -M4F), dual 32-bit
GPU subsystems, 4K H.265 capable VPU, and dual
failover-ready display controllers. This processor
supports a single 4K display (with multiple display
output options, including MIPI-DSI, HDMI, eDP/DP,
and LVDS), or multiple smaller displays. Memory
interfaces supporting LPDDR4, Quad SPI/Octal SPI
(FlexSPI), eMMC 5.1, RAW NAND, SD 3.0, and a wide
range of peripheral I/Os such as PCIe 3.0, provide wide
flexibility. Advanced multicore audio processing is
supported by the Arm cores and a high performance
4
5
®
Tensilica HiFi 4 DSP for pre- and post-audio
6
7
processing as well as voice recognition.
NXP reserves the right to change the detail specifications as may be required to permit improvements in the design of
its products.
© 2018-2021 NXP B.V.
Introduction
The i.MX 8QuadPlus processor offers numerous advanced features as shown in this table.
Table 1. i.MX 8QuadPlus advanced features
Function
Feature
Multicore architecture provides
4× Cortex-A53, 1× Cortex-A72 cores,
and 2× Cortex-M4F cores
AArch64 for 64-bit support and new architectural features
AArch32 for full backward compatibility with ARMv7
Cortex-A72 and Cortex-A53 cores support ARM virtualization extensions. sMMU
provides address virtualization to all subsystems.
Cortex-M4F cores for real-time applications
Graphics Processing Unit (GPU)
Video Processing Unit (VPU)
16× Vec4 shaders with 64 execution units. Split GPU architecture allows for dual
independent 8-Vec4 shader GPUs or a combined 16-Vec4 shader GPU.
Supports OpenGL 3.0, 2.1,; OpenGL ES 3.2, 3.1 (with AEP), 3.0, 2.0, and 1.1;
OpenCL 1.2 Full Profile and 1.1; OpenVG 1.1; and Vulkan
High-performance 2D Blit Engine
H.265 decode (4Kp60)
H.264 decode (4Kp30)
WMV9/VC-1 imple decode
MPEG 1 and 2 decode
AVS decode
MPEG4.2 ASP, H.263, Sorenson Spark decode
Divx 3.11 including GMC decode
ON2/Google VP6/VP8 decode
RealVideo 8/9/10 decode
JPEG and MJPEG decode
H.264 encode (1080p30)
Tensilica HiFi 4 DSP for pre- and
post-processing
666 MHz
Fixed-point and vector-floating-point support
32 KB instruction cache, 48 KB data cache, 512 KB SRAM (448 KB of OCRAM and
64 KB of TCM)
Memory
64-bit LPDDR4 @1600 MHz
1× Quad SPI which can be used to connect to an FPGA
2× Quad SPI or 1× Octal SPI (FlexSPI) for fast boot from SPI NOR flash
2× SD 3.0 card interfaces
1× eMMC5.1/SD3.0
RAW NAND (62-bit ECC support via BCH-62 module)
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
2
Introduction
Table 1. i.MX 8QuadPlus advanced features (continued)
Feature
Function
Display Controller
Supports single UltraHD 4Kp60 display or up to 4 independent FullHD 1080p60
displays
Up to 18-layer composition
Complementary 2D blitting engines and online warping functionality
Integrated Failover Path (SafeAssure) to ensure display content stays valid even in
event of a software failure
Display I/O
2× MIPI-DSI with 4 lanes each
1× HDMI-TX/DisplayPort compliant with:
• HDMI
• eDP 1.4
• DP 1.3
This high performance serializer supports a pair of LVDS displays with 8 lanes each.
Each port can be configured for 2x Tx with 4 lanes each.
Camera I/O and video
Security
2× MIPI-CSI with 4-lanes each
Advanced High Assurance Boot (AHAB) secure & encrypted boot
Random Number Generator with a high-quality entropy source generator and
Hash_DRBG (based on hash functions)
RSA up to 4096, Elliptic Curve up to 1023
AES-128/192/256, DES, 3DES, MD5, SHA-1, SHA-224/256/384/512
Dedicated Security Controller for Flashless SHE and HSM support, Trustzone
Built-in ECDSA/DSA protocol support
See the security reference manual for this chip for a full list of security features.
• 2× I2C tightly coupled with Cortex-M4 cores (1× per Cortex M4F core)
System Control
•
The tightly coupled M4 I2C ports cannot be used for general-purpose use
• System Control Unit (SCU):
•
•
•
•
Power control, clocks, reset
Boot ROMs
PMIC interface
Resource Domain Controller
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
3
Introduction
Table 1. i.MX 8QuadPlus advanced features (continued)
Feature
Function
I/O
1× PCIe 3.0 (2-lanes). Can be used as two PCIe 3.0 controllers with one-lane,
independent operation. PCIe 1.0 and 2.0 compliant. PCIe 3.0 capable, contact your
NXP representative.
1× USB 3.0 with PHY
2× USB 2.0 (1 with PHY, 1 with HSIC)
1× SATA 3.0 can be used as PCIe one-lane. This is in addition to the standard PCIe
controller. PCIe 1.0 and 2.0 compliant. PCIe 3.0 capable, contact your NXP
representative.
2× 1Gb Ethernet with AVB (can be used as 10/100 Mbps ENET with AVB)
3× CAN/CAN-FD
8× UARTs:
• 5× UARTs (2× with hardware flow control)
• 2× UARTs tightly coupled with Cortex-M4F cores (1× per Cortex-M4F core)
• 1× UART tightly coupled with SCU
18× I2C:
• 5× General-Purpose I2C (full-speed with DMA support)
• Low-speed I2C without DMA support:
•
•
•
•
2× master I2C in MIPI-DSI (1× per instance)
4× master I2C in LVDS (2× per instance)
2× master I2C in HDMI-TX
2× master I2C in MIPI-CSI (1× per instance)
Note: Although low-speed I2Cs can be made available for general purpose use
which requires the associated PHY (for example, MIPI) to be powered on, it is not
recommended.
Note: I/O muxing constraints prevent using all I2Cs simultaneously.
• 2x I2C tightly coupled with Cortex-M4 cores (1x per Cortex M4F core)
Note: The tightly coupled M4 I2C ports cannot be used for general purpose use.
• 1× I2C tightly coupled with SCU for communication with the PMIC. Not general
purpose and not available for non-PMIC uses.
4× SAI (SAI0 and SAI1 are transmit/receive; SAI2 and SAI3 are receive only)
2× Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI)
× ASRC (Asynchronous Sample Rate Converter) (note: no I/O signals are directly
connected to this module)
1× SPDIF (Tx and Rx)
2× 4-channel ADC converters
3.3 V/1.8 V GPIO
4× PWM channels
1× 6×8 KPP (Key Pad Port)
1× MQS (Medium Quality Sound)
4× SPI
Packaging
Case FCPBGA 29 x 29 mm, 0.75 mm pitch
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
4
Architectural Overview
1.1
Ordering Information
The following table provides the ordering information.
Table 2. i.MX 8QuadPlus Orderable part numbers
Qualification
Part Number
Options Cortex-A72 Cortex-A53 Cortex-M4F
GPU
Package
Tier
MIMX8QP5AVUFFAB
MIMX8QP6AVUFFAB
1 x VPU
One @
1.6 GHz
Four @
1.2 GHz
Two @
264 MHz
Two @
625 MHz AEC-Q100
Automotive
29 mm × 29 mm
0.75 mm pitch
FCPBGA (lidded)
1 x VPU
1 x DSP
1.2
System Controller Firmware (SCFW) Requirements
The i.MX 8 and 8X families require a minimum SCFW release version for correct operation and to prevent
potential reliability issues.
The SCFW is released as part of a Board Support Package (e.g. Linux, Android) which may vary in version
number for a specific BSP.
For example, 5.4.70_2.3.0 GA contains SCFW version 1.7.1. Whereas 5.10.0_1.0.0 GA contains SCFW
version 1.8.0.
The released SCFW version associated within each BSP is the minimum version required to correctly
support the wider BSP functionality.
Customers should always check that they are using the specific SCFW binary delivered within their chosen
BSP release. Customers should not mix newer BSP versions with older revisions of the SCFW.
1.3
Related resources
Table 3. Related resources
Description
Type
Reference manual
The i.MX 8QuadMax Applications Processor Reference Manual (IMX8QMRM) contains a
comprehensive description of the structure and function (operation) of the QuadPlus SoC.
Data sheet
Chip Errata
This data sheet includes electrical characteristics and signal connections.
The chip mask set errata provides additional and/or corrective information for a particular
device mask set.
Package drawing
Hardware guide
Package dimensions are provided in Section 6, “Package information and contact
assignments".”
The i.MX 8QuadMax/8QuadPlus Hardware Developer’s Guide (IMX8HWDG) provides
system design guidelines.
2 Architectural Overview
The following subsections provide an architectural overview of the i.MX 8QuadPlus processor system.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
5
Architectural Overview
2.1
Block Diagram
The following figure shows the functional modules in the processor system.
CPU1 Platform
CPU2 Platform
2x User CM4 Complexes
M4 Platform
4x ARM Cortex-A53
1x ARM Cortex-A72
M4 CPU
nvic
fpu
mpu
MCM
16KB system$
NEON
48KB I$
VFP
NEON
32KB I$
VFP
1x UART
(each)
MMCAU
16KB code$
32KB D$
32KB D$
256KB TCM w/ ECC
1x I2C
(each)
1MB L2 w/ optional ECC
1MB L2 w/ ECC
WDOG
RGPIO
LPIT
INTs
PWM
1x GPIO
(each)
LPUART
LPI2C
2x MU
Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI-400)
I2C w/ DMA
UART (5 Mb/s)
CAN / CAN-FD
DMA Subsystem
External Memory Interface
2x ADC
2x eDMA
5x LPUART
4x LPSPI
5x LPI2C
2x FTM
PG
PG
PG
PG
DDR
64-bit LPDDR4
@1600 MHz
2x EVM SIM 3x FlexCAN
BN
ADC
(4 channels each)
Controller
Audio Subsystem
x1 PCIe
2 lanes /
SPDIF TX / RX
ESAI TX / RX
2x ASRC
2x ESAI
8x SAI
SPDIF
HDMI TX SAI
ACM
High Speed I/O
2x PCIe
SATA
x2 PCIe
1 lane each
MQS
2x eDMA
2x SAI TX / RX
2x SAI RX
1x SATA 3.0 /
1x PCIe
(1 lane)
6x GPT
Audio Mixer
SSI Bus
RAW /
ONFI 3.2
NAND Flash
Imaging
Connectivity Subsystem
NAND
VPU Subsystem
2x LVDS
TX
1/2 LVDS TX
(4 lanes each)
MJPEG MJPEG
DEC
ENC
Video Processing Unit
ISI
1x eMMC
5.1 / SD 3.0
LPI2C
1x I2C
VPU
3x uSDHC
USB3
2x SD 3.0 (UHS-I)
Display Controllers
2x DPU (4x LCD)
1x USB 3.0 PHY
LPI2C
DSP Core
HIFI4 DSP
1x I2C
1x USB 2.0
Host / HSIC
2x MIPI CSI2
(4-lanes)
2x MIPI
CSI2
32KB I$
448KB OCRAM
64KB TCM
48KB D$
2x USB2
2x ENET
1x USB 2.0
OTG, PHY
LPI2C
1x I2C
Graphics Processing Unit
2x GPU
2x MIPI
DSI
MIPI Display
(4-lanes)
10/100/1000M
Ethernet + AVB
LPI2C
LPI2C
1x I2C
1x I2C
System Control Unit
SJC
IOMUX
SCU CM4 Complex
M4 Platform
M4 CPU
Internal Memory
OCRAM (256KB)
HDMI Tx 2.0a
(eDP 1.4
DisplayPort 1.3)
Debug
Clock, Reset
Power Mgmt
HDMI
DAP, CTI, etc
Boot ROM
HAB
RDC
nvic
fpu
mpu
Tempmon
PMIC I/F
MMCAU
MCM
Security
16KB system$
16KB code$
Low Speed I/O
(LSIO) Subsystem
SECO
SNVS
OTP
256KB TCM w/ ECC
6x8 Keypad
32-bit GPIO
24M and 32k
XTALOSC
Sources
IEE
4x PWM
5x GPT
KPP
Security
Controller
(M0+)
WDOG
RGPIO
LPIT
INTs
PWM
ADM
14x MU
8x GPIO
2x Quad SPI /
1x Octal SPI
NOR Flash
LPUART
LPI2C
2x MU
CAAM
2x FlexSPI
Secure
JTAG
Dual Core, 16 shaders
Vulkan, OGLES 3.2 w/ AEP,
OCL 2.0, VG 1.1
Mult-format Decode
H.265 Dec (4k60)
H.264 Dec (1080p60)
H.264 Enc (1080p30)
RNG
1x GPIO
1x I2C
1x UART
Ciphers
(ECC, RSA)
Tamper
Detection
2D Blit Engine
Dedicated
64k Secure
RAM
Secure RTC
Figure 1. i.MX 8QuadPlus System Block Diagram
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
6
Modules List
3 Modules List
The i.MX 8QuadPlus processors contain a variety of digital and analog modules. This table describes the
processor modules in alphabetical order.
Table 4. i.MX 8QuadPlus modules list
Block
Mnemonic
Block Name
Brief Description
ADC
Analog-to-Digital
Converter
The analog-to-digital converter (ADC) is a successive approximation ADC
designed for operation within a SoC.
APBH-DMA
NAND Flash and BCH The AHB-to-APBH bridge provides the chip with a peripheral attachment bus
ECC DMA Controller
running on the AHB's HCLK, which includes the AHB-to-APB PIO bridge for a
memory-mapped I/O to the APB devices, as well as a central DMA facility for
devices on this bus and a vectored interrupt controller for the Arm core.
A53
Arm (CPU1)
Arm (CPU2)
CPU cluster embedding 4x Cortex-A53 CPUs with a 32KB L1 instruction cache and
a 32KB data cache. The CPUs share a 1 MB L2 cache.
A72
CPU cluster embedding 1x Cortex-A72 CPU with a 48 KB L1 instruction cache and
32 KB data cache. The CPU has a 1MB L2 cache.
ASRC
Asynchronous Sample The Asynchronous Sample Rate Converter (ASRC) converts the sampling rate of
Rate Converter
a signal associated to an input clock into a signal associated to a different output
clock. The ASRC supports concurrent sample rate conversion of up to 10 channels
of about -120dB THD+N. The sample rate conversion of each channel is
associated to a pair of incoming and outgoing sampling rates. The ASRC supports
up to three sampling rate pairs.
BCH-62
CAAM
Binary-BCH ECC
Processor
The BCH62 module provides up to 62-bit ECC for NAND Flash controller (GPMI2)
Cryptographic
Accelerator and
Assurance Module
CAAM is a cryptographic accelerator and assurance module. CAAM implements
several encryption and hashing functions, a run-time integrity checker, and a
Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG).
CAAM also implements a Secure Memory mechanism. In this device the security
memory provided is 64 KB.
CTI
Cross Trigger Interface CTI sends signals across the chip indicating that debug events have occurred. It is
used by features of the Coresight infrastructure.
CTM
DAP
Cross Trigger Matrix
Debug Access Port
Cross Trigger Matrix IP is used to route triggering events between CTIs.
The DAP provides real-time access for the debugger without halting the core to:
• System memory and peripheral registers
• All debug configuration registers
The DAP also provides debugger access to JTAG scan chains.
DC
Display Controller
DRAM Controller
Dual display controller
DDR Controller
• Memory types: LPDDR4
• Two channels of 32-bit memory:
• LPDDR4 up to 1.6 GHz
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
7
Modules List
Table 4. i.MX 8QuadPlus modules list (continued)
Block
Mnemonic
Block Name
Brief Description
DPR
Display/Prefetch/
Resolve
The DPR prefetches data from memory and converts the data to raster format for
display output. Raster source buffers can also be prefetched unconverted. The
resolve process supports graphics and video formatted tile frame buffers and
converts them to raster format. Embedded display memory is used as temporary
storage for data which is sourced by the display controller to drive the display.
eDMA
Enhanced Direct
Memory Access
• 4× eDMA with a total of 128 channels (note: all channels are not assigned; see
the product reference manual for more information):
• 4× instances with 32 channels each
• Programmable source, destination addresses, transfer size, plus support for
enhanced addressing modes
• Internal data buffer, used as temporary storage to support 64-byte burst
transfers, one outstanding transaction per DMA controller.
• Transfer control descriptor organized to support two-deep, nested transfer
operations
• Channel service request via one of three methods:
• Explicit software initiation
• Initiation via a channel-to-channel linking mechanism for continuous
transfers
• Peripheral-paced hardware requests (one per channel)
• Support for fixed-priority and round-robin channel arbitration
• Channel completion reported via interrupt requests
• Support for scatter/gather DMA processing
• Support for complex data structures via transfer descriptors
• Support to cancel transfers via software or hardware
• Each eDMA instance can be uniquely assigned to a different resource domain,
security (TZ) state, and virtual machine
• In scatter-gather mode, each transfer descriptor’s buffers can be assigned to
different SMMU translation
ENET
ESAI
Ethernet Controller
2× 1 Gbps Ethernet controllers supporting RGMII + AVB (Audio Video Bridging,
IEEE 802.1Qav)
Enhanced Serial Audio The Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) provides a full-duplex serial port for
Interface
serial communication with a variety of serial devices, including industry-standard
codecs, SPDIF transceivers, and other processors. The ESAI consists of
independent transmitter and receiver sections, each section with its own clock
generator. All serial transfers are synchronized to a clock. Additional
synchronization signals are used to delineate the word frames. The normal mode
of operation is used to transfer data at a periodic rate, one word per period. The
network mode is also intended for periodic transfers; however, it supports up to 32
words (time slots) per period. This mode can be used to build time division
multiplexed (TDM) networks. In contrast, the on-demand mode is intended for
non-periodic transfers of data and to transfer data serially at high speed when the
data becomes available.
The ESAI has 12 pins for data and clocking connection to external devices.
FTM
FlexTimer
Provides input signal capture and PWM support
FlexCAN
Flexible Controller Area Communication controller implementing the CAN with Flexible Data rate (CAN FD)
Network protocol and the CAN protocol according to the CAN 2.0B protocol specification.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
8
Modules List
Table 4. i.MX 8QuadPlus modules list (continued)
Block Name Brief Description
Block
Mnemonic
FlexSpi (Quad
SPI/Octal SPI)
Flexible Serial
Peripheral Interface
• Flexible sequence engine to support various flash vendor devices, including
HyperBus™ devices:
• Support for FPGA interface
• Single, dual, quad, and octal mode of operation.
• DDR/DTR mode wherein the data is generated on every edge of the serial flash
clock.
• Support for flash data strobe signal for data sampling in DDR and SDR mode.
• Two identical serial flash devices can be connected and accessed in parallel for
data read operations, forming one (virtual) flash memory with doubled readout
bandwidth.
GIC
Generic Interrupt
Controller
The GIC-500 handles all interrupts from the various subsystems and is ready for
virtualization.
GPIO
GPMI
General Purpose I/O
Modules
Used for general purpose input/output to external devices. Each GPIO module
supports 32 bits of I/O.
General Purpose Media The GPMI module supports up to 8× NAND devices. 62-bit ECC (BCH)
Interface
encryption/decryption for NAND Flash controller (GPMI). The GPMI supports
separate DMA channels per NAND device.
GPT
General Purpose Timer Each GPT is a 32-bit “free-running” or “set and forget” mode timer with
programmable prescaler and compare and capture register. A timer counter value
can be captured using an external event and can be configured to trigger a capture
event on either the leading or trailing edges of an input pulse. When the timer is
configured to operate in “set and forget” mode, it is capable of providing precise
interrupts at regular intervals with minimal processor intervention. The counter has
output compare logic to provide the status and interrupt at comparison. This timer
can be configured to run either on an external clock or on an internal clock.
GPU
Graphics Processing
HDMI Tx interface
Audio Processor
I2C Interface
2× GC7000XSVX GPUs with 8 shaders each that can run either independently or
in “dual-mode” with 16 shaders.
HDMI Tx/
DP/eDP
HDMI transmitter, Display Port 1.3 and embedded Display Port 1.4
HiFi 4 DSP
A highly optimized audio processor geared for efficient execution of audio and
voice codecs and pre- and post-processing modules to offload the Arm core.
I2C
I2C provides serial interface for external devices.
IEE
• Supports direct encryption and decryption of FlexSPI memory type
• Provides decryption services (lower performance) for DRAM traffic
• Supports I/O direct encrypted storage and retrieval
• Support for a number of cryptographic standards:
• 128/256-bit AES Encryption (AES-CTR, AES-XTS mode options)
• Multiple keys supported:
• Loaded via secure key channel from security block
• Key selection is per access and based on source of transaction
IOMUXC
IOMUX Control
This module enables flexible I/O multiplexing. Each I/O pad has default and several
alternate functions. The alternate functions are software configurable.
JPEG/dec
MJPEG engine for
decode
Provides up to 4-stream decoding in parallel.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
9
Modules List
Table 4. i.MX 8QuadPlus modules list (continued)
Block Name Brief Description
Provides up to 4-stream encoding in parallel.
Block
Mnemonic
JPEG/enc
KPP
MJPEG engine for
encode
Key Pad Port
The Keypad Port (KPP) is a 16-bit peripheral that can be used as a 6 x 8 keypad
matrix interface or as general purpose input/output (I/O).
LPIT-1
LPIT-2
Low-Power Periodic
Interrupt Timer
Each LPIT is a 32-bit “set and forget” timer that starts counting after the LPIT is
enabled by software. It is capable of providing precise interrupts at regular intervals
with minimal processor intervention. It has a 12-bit prescaler for division of input
clock frequency to get the required time setting for the interrupts to occur, and
counter value can be programmed on the fly.
LPSPI 0–3
LVDS
Configurable SPI
LVDS Display Bridge
Arm (CPU3)
Full-duplex enhanced Synchronous Serial Interface. It is configurable to support
Master/Slave modes, four chip selects to support multiple peripherals.
This high performance serializer supports a pair of LVDS displays with 8 lanes
each. Each port can be configured for 2x Tx with 4 lanes each.
M4F
• Cortex-M4F core
• AHB LMEM (Local Memory Controller) including controllers for TCM and cache
memories
• 256 KB embedded tightly coupled memory(TCM) (128 KB TCMU, 128 KB
TCML)
• 16 KB Code Bus Cache
• 16 KB System Bus Cache
• ECC for TCM memories and parity for code and system caches
• Integrated Nested Vector Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
• Wakeup Interrupt Controller (WIC)
• FPU (Floating Point Unit)
• Core MPU (Memory Protection Unit)
• Support for exclusive access on the system bus
• MMCAU (Crypto Acceleration Unit)
• MCM (Miscellaneous Control Module)
MIPI CSI-2
MIPI-DSI
MIPI CSI-2 Interface
MIPI DSI interface
The MIPI CSI-2 IP provides MIPI CSI-2 standard camera interface ports. The MIPI
CSI-2 interface supports up to 1.5 Gbps for up to 4 data lanes
The MIPI DSI IP provides DSI standard display serial interface. The DSI interface
supports 80 Mbps to 1.5 Gbps speed per data lane.
MQS
Medium Quality Sound Medium Quality Sound (MQS) is used to generate 2-channel medium quality
PWM-like audio via two standard digital GPIO pins.
OCOTP_CTRL
OTP Controller
The On-Chip OTP controller (OCOTP_CTRL) provides an interface for reading,
programming, and/or overriding identification and control information stored in
on-chip fuse elements. The module supports electrically-programmable poly fuses
(eFUSEs). The OCOTP_CTRL also provides a set of volatile software-accessible
signals that can be used for software control of hardware elements, not requiring
non-volatility. The OCOTP_CTRL provides the primary user-visible mechanism for
interfacing with on-chip fuse elements. Among the uses for the fuses are unique
chip identifiers, mask revision numbers, cryptographic keys, JTAG secure mode,
boot characteristics, and various control signals requiring permanent nonvolatility.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
10
Modules List
Table 4. i.MX 8QuadPlus modules list (continued)
Block Name Brief Description
Block
Mnemonic
OCRAM
On-Chip Memory
Controller
The On-Chip Memory controller (OCRAM) module is designed as an interface
between the system’s AXI bus and the internal (on-chip) SRAM memory module.
The OCRAM is used for controlling the 256 KB multimedia RAM through a 64-bit
AXI bus.
PCIe
PRG
PCI Express 3.0
PCIe 1.0 and 2.0 compliant. PCIe 3.0 capable; contact your NXP representative.
Prefetch/Resolve
Gasket
The PRG is a gasket which translates system memory accesses to local display
RTRAM accesses for display refresh. It works with the DPR to complete the
prefetch and resolving operations needed to drive the display.
PWM
Pulse Width Modulation The pulse-width modulator (PWM) has a 16-bit counter and is optimized to
generate sound from stored sample audio images and it can also generate tones.
It uses 16-bit resolution and a 4×16 data FIFO to generate square waveforms.
RAM
64 KB Secure
RAM
Secure/non-secure
RAM
Secure/non-secure Internal RAM, interfaced through the CAAM.
RAM
Internal RAM
Internal RAM, which is accessed through OCRAM memory controllers.
256 KB
RNG
Random Number
Generator
The purpose of the RNG is to generate cryptographically strong random data. It
uses a true random number generator (TRNG) and a pseudo-random number
generator (PRNG) to achieve true randomness and cryptographic strength. The
RNG generates random numbers for secret keys, per message secrets, random
challenges, and other similar quantities used in cryptographic algorithms.
SAI
I2S/SSI/AC97 Interface The SAI module provides a synchronous audio interface that supports full duplex
serial interfaces with frame synchronization, such as I2S, AC97, TDM, and
codec/DSP interfaces.
SECO
SJC
Security Controller
Core and associated memory and hardware responsible for key management.
Secure JTAG Controller The SJC provides the JTAG interface, which is compatible with JTAG TAP
standards, to internal logic. This device uses JTAG port for production, testing, and
system debugging. Additionally, the SJC provides BSR (Boundary Scan Register)
standard support, which is compatible with IEEE1149.1 and IEEE1149.6 standards.
The JTAG port must be accessible during platform initial laboratory bring-up, for
manufacturing tests and troubleshooting, as well as for software debugging by
authorized entities. The SJC incorporates three security modes for protecting
against unauthorized accesses. Modes are selected through eFUSE configuration.
sMMU
SNVS
SPDIF
System MMU
The System MMU is an MMU-500 from Arm. It supports two-stage address
translation and multiple translation contexts.
Secure Non-Volatile
Storage
Secure Non-Volatile Storage, including Secure Real Time Clock, Security State
Machine, Master Key Control.
Sony Philips Digital
Interconnect Format
The Sony/Philips Digital Interface (SPDIF) audio block is a stereo transceiver that
allows the processor to receive and transmit digital audio. The SPDIF transceiver
allows the handling of both SPDIF channel status (CS) and User (U) data and
includes a frequency measurement block that allows the precise measurement of
an incoming sampling frequency.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
11
Modules List
Table 4. i.MX 8QuadPlus modules list (continued)
Block
Mnemonic
Block Name
Brief Description
TEMPMON
Temperature Monitor
The temperature monitor/sensor IP module for detecting high temperature
conditions. The temperature read out does not reflect case or ambient temperature.
It reflects the temperature in proximity of the sensor location on the die.
Temperature distribution may not be uniformly distributed; therefore, the read-out
value may not be the reflection of the temperature value for the entire die.
UART
UART Interface
• High-speed TIA/EIA-232-F compatible, up to 5.0 Mbps
• Serial IR interface low-speed, IrDA-compatible (up to 115.2 Kbit/s)
• 9-bit or Multidrop mode (RS-485) support (automatic slave address detection)
• 7, 8, 9, or 10-bit data characters (7-bits only with parity)
• 1 or 2 stop bits
• Programmable parity (even, odd, and no parity)
• Hardware flow control support for request to send (RTS_B) and clear to send
(CTS_B) signals
USB3/USB2
The USB3/USB2 OTG module has been specified to perform USB 3.0 dual role and
USB 2.0 On-The-Go (OTG) compatible with the USB 3.0, and USB 2.0
specification with OTG supplementary specifications. This controller supports
twoindependent USB cores (1× USB3.0 dual-role, 1× USB2.0 OTG) and includes
the PHY and I/O interfaces to support this operation. The full pinout of the USB 3.0
controller includes the signaling for both USB 3.0 and USB 2.0. This does not
mean there is a separate USB 2.0 controller that can be used independently and
simultaneously with USB 3.0. This device has an additional separate,
independent USB 2.0 OTG controller which can be used simultaneously with this
USB 3.0. Specific features requested for this updated module:
• Super Speed (5 Gbps), High Speed (480 Mbps), full speed (12 Mbps) and low
speed (1.5 Mbps)
• Fully compatible with the USB 3.0 specification (backward compatible with USB
2.0)
• Fully compatible with the USB On-The-Go supplement to the USB 2.0
specification
• Hardware support for OTG signaling
• Host Negotiation Protocol (HNP) and Session Request Protocol (SRP)
implemented in hardware, which can also be controlled by software
USBOH
The USBOH module has been specified which performs USB 2.0 On-The-Go
(OTG) and USB 2.0 Host functionality compatible with the USB 2.0 with OTG
supplement and HS IC-USB specification. This controller supports two
independent USB cores (1× USB2.0 OTG, 1× USB2.0 Host) and includes the PHY
and I/O interfaces to support this operation.
Key features:
• One USB2.0 OTG controller
• High Speed (480 Mbps), full speed (12 Mbps) and low speed (1.5 Mbps)
• Fully compatible with the USB 2.0 specification
• Fully compatible with the USB On-The-Go supplement to the USB 2.0
specification
• Hardware support for OTG signaling
• Host Negotiation Protocol (HNP) and Session Request Protocol (SRP)
implemented in hardware, which can also be controlled by software
• USB2.0 Host with HS IC-USB specification
• HS IC-USB transceiver-less downstream support (Host only).
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
12
Modules List
Table 4. i.MX 8QuadPlus modules list (continued)
Block Name Brief Description
Block
Mnemonic
uSDHC
SD/eMMC and SDXC
i.MX 8 Family SoC-specific characteristics:
Enhanced Multi-Media All three MMC/SD/SDIO controller IPs are identical and are based on the uSDHC
Card / Secure Digital
Host Controller
IP.
The uSDHC is a host controller used to communicate with external low cost data
storage and communication media. It supports the previous versions of the
MultiMediaCard (MMC) and Secure Digital Card (SD) standards. Specifically, the
uSDHC supports:
• SD Host Controller Standard Specification v3.0 with the exception that all the
registers do not match the standards address mapping.
• SD Physical Layer Specification v3.0 UHS-I (SDR104/DDR50)
• SDIO specification v3.0
• eMMC System Specification v5.1
VPU
Video Processing Unit See the device reference manual for the complete list of the VPU’s
decoding/encoding capabilities.
WDOG
Watchdog
The Watchdog Timer supports two comparison points during each counting period.
Each of the comparison points is configurable to evoke an interrupt to theArm core,
and a second point evokes an external event on the WDOG line.
XTAL OSC24M
XTAL OSC32K
The 24 MHz clock source is an external crystal that acts as the main system clock.
The OSC24M is used as the source clock for subsystem PLLs. OSC24M can be
turned off by the System Control Unit (SCU) during sleep mode.
The 32.768 kHz clock source is an external crystal. The OSC32K is intended to be
always on and is distributed by the SCU to modules in the chip.
3.1
Special Signal Considerations
Special signal considerations can be found in the Hardware Developer’s Guide for this device in the
Design Checklist section.
3.2
Recommended Connections for Unused Interfaces
The recommended connections for unused analog interfaces can be found in the section, “Unused
Input/Output Terminations,” in the Hardware Developer’s Guide for this device.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
13
Electrical characteristics
4 Electrical characteristics
This section provides the device and module-level electrical characteristics for these processors.
4.1
Chip-level conditions
This section provides the device-level electrical characteristics for the SoC. See the following table for a
quick reference to the individual tables and sections.
Table 5. Chip-level conditions
For these characteristics, …
Absolute maximum ratings
Topic appears …
on page 15
on page 17
on page 17
on page 21
on page 21
on page 48
on page 25
FCPBGA package thermal resistance data
Operating ranges
External Input Clock Frequency
Maximum supply currents
Standby use cases
USB 2.0 PHY typical current consumption in Power-Down
Mode
USB 3.0 PHY typical current consumption in Power-Down
Mode
on page 25
on page 25
Typical current consumption in Power-Down mode for USB
2.0 PHY embedded in USB 3.0 PHY
4.1.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings
CAUTION
Stresses beyond those listed under Table 6 may affect reliability or cause
permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only. Functional
operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those
indicated in the “Operating ranges” or other parameter tables is not implied.
Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods will
affect device reliability.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
14
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
Table 6. Absolute maximum ratings
Symbol
Parameter Description
Min
Max
Units
Core Supplies Input Voltage
VDD_A72
-0.3
1.2
V
VDD_A53
VDD_GPU0
VDD_GPU1
VDD_MAIN
VDD_MEMC
DDR PHY supplies
1.0V IO supplies
VDD_DDR_VDDQ
-0.3
-0.3
1.75
1.2
V
V
VDD_MIPI_1P0
VDD_USB_OTG_1P0
VDD_ADC_1P8
IO Supply for GPIO Type
1.8V IO Single supply
-0.5
2.1
V
VDD_ADC_DIG_1P8
VDD_ANA0_1P8 (IO, analog,OSC SCU)
VDD_ANA1_1P8 (IO, analog,OSC SCU)
VDD_DDR_PLL_1P8 (memory PLLs)
VDD_MIPI_1P8 (PHY, GPIO)
VDD_MIPI_CSI_DIG_1P8 (PHY, GPIO)
VDD_PCIE_1P8 (PHY)
VDD_USB_1P8 (PHY, GPIO)
VDD_ENET1_1P8_2P5_3P3
VDD_ENET0_1P8_3P3
IO Supply for GPIO Type
1.8 / 2.5 / 3.3V IO Tri-voltage Supply
-0.3
3.8
V
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
15
Electrical characteristics
Table 6. Absolute maximum ratings (continued)
Parameter Description
Symbol
Min
Max
Units
IO Supply for GPIO Type
1.8 / 3.3V IO Dual Voltage Supply
VDD_CAN_UART_1P8_3P3
VDD_CSI_1P8_3P3
-0.3
3.8
V
VDD_EMMC0_1P8_3P3
VDD_EMMC0_VSELECT_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET_MDIO_1P8_3P3
VDD_MIPI_DSI_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_PCIE_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_QSPI0A_1P8_3P3
VDD_QSPI0B_1P8_3P3
VDD_SPI_MCLK_UART_1P8_3P3
VDD_SPI_SAI_1P8_3P3
VDD_TMPR_CSI_1P8_3P3
VDD_USB_3P3 (PHY & GPIO)
VDD_USDHC1_1P8_3P3
VDD_USDHC1_VSELECT_1P8_3P3
VDD_SNVS_4P2
SNVS Coin Cell
-0.3
-0.3
-0.3
-0.3
4.3
3.63
5.5
V
V
V
V
USB VBUS (OTG2)
USB VBUS (OTG1)
I/O Voltage for USB Drivers
USB_OTG2_VBUS
USB_OTG1_VBUS
USB_OTG1_DP/USB_OTG1_DN
USB_OTG2_DP/USB_OTG2_DN
ADC_INx
3.63
I/O Voltage for ADC
-0.1
2.1
V
V
Vin/Vout input/output voltage range (GPIO Vin/Vout
Type Pins)
See Section 4.6.1
Vin/Vout input/output voltage range (DDR Vin/Vout
pins)
See Section 4.6.1
V
ESD immunity (HBM).
ESD immunity (CDM).
Storage temperature range
Vesd_HBMX
—
—
1000
250
V
Vesd_CDM
Tstorage
V
-40
150
°C
NOTE
HDMI CEC is 3.3V tolerant. HDMI DDC signals and HPD are 5V tolerant.
Refer to the Hardware Developer’s Guide for proper terminations.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
16
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
4.1.2
Thermal resistance
4.1.2.1
FCPBGA package thermal resistance
This table provides the FCPBGA package thermal resistance data.
Table 7. FCPBGA package thermal resistance data
29x29 mm
Unit
Rating
Board Type1
Symbol
package
Junction to Ambient Thermal Resistance2
Junction to Package Top Thermal Resistance2
Junction to Case Thermal Resistance3
JESD51-9, 2s2p
JESD51-9, 2s2p
JESD51-9, 1s
RθJA
ΨJT
12.9
0.1
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
RθJC
0.3
1
Thermal test board meets JEDEC specification for this package (JESD51-9).
2
Determined in accordance to JEDEC JESD51-2A natural convection environment. Thermal resistance data in this report is
solely for a thermal performance comparison of one package to another in a standardized specified environment. It is not meant
to predict the performance of a package in an application-specific environment.
3
Junction-to-Case thermal resistance determined using an isothermal cold plate. Case temperature refers to the mold surface
temperature at the package top side dead center.
4.1.3
Operating Ranges
The following table provides the operating ranges of these processors.
1
Table 8. Operating ranges
Symbol
Description
Mode
Min Typ Max Unit
Comments
VDD_A722
VDD_A532
Power supply Overdrive 1.05 1.10 1.15
of Cortex-A72
V
Min frequency = 208.5 MHz
Max frequency = 1.6 GHz
cluster
Nominal 0.95 1.00 1.10
V
V
Max frequency = 1.06 GHz
Power supply Overdrive 1.05 1.10 1.15
of Cortex-A53
Min frequency = 208.5 MHz
Max frequency = 1.2 GHz
cluster
Nominal 0.95 1.00 1.10
V
V
Max frequency = 900 MHz
VDD_GPU0
VDD_GPU1
VDD_MEMC
Power supply
of first GPU
instance
Nominal 0.95 1.00 1.10
Nominal 0.95 1.00 1.10
Max frequencies:
Shaders = 625 MHz;
Core = 625 MHz
Power supply
of second
GPU instance
V
V
Max frequencies.:
Shaders = 625 MHz;
Core = 625 MHz
Power supply
of memory
controller
N/A
1.05 1.10 1.15
—
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
17
Electrical characteristics
1
Table 8. Operating ranges (continued)
Symbol
Description
Mode
Min Typ Max Unit
Comments
Max frequencies:
HiFi4 DSP = 666 MHz
M4 = 264 MHz
VDD_MAIN3
Power supply
of remaining
core logic
N/A
0.95 1.00 1.10
V
VPU = 600 MHz
VDD_DDR_CH0_VDDQ,
VDD_DDR_CH0_VDDQ_CKE,
VDD_DDR_CH1_VDDQ,
Power
supplies of
memory I/Os
LPDDR4 1.06 1.10 1.17
V
Max frequency = 1.6 GHz
Supports LPDDR4-3200
VDD_DDR_CH1_VDDQ_CKE,
VDD_DDR_CH0_VDDA_PLL_1P8, Power
N/A
N/A
1.65 1.80 1.95
0.95 1.00 1.10
V
V
PLL supply can be merged with
other 1.8V supplies with proper
on board decoupling.
VDD_DDR_CH1_VDDA_PLL_1P8
supplies of
memory PLLs
VDD_MIPI_CSI0_1P0,
VDD_MIPI_CSI1_1P0,
VDD_MIPI_DSI0_1P0,
VDD_MIPI_DSI0_PLL_1P0,
VDD_MIPI_DSI1_1P0,
VDD_MIPI_DSI1_PLL_1P0,
VDD_LVDS0_1P0,
Power
These balls shall be connected to
the same power supply as
VDD_MAIN. It shall be a star
connection from the power
supply. Each VDD power supply
ball shall have its own dedicated
decoupling caps.
supplies of
PHYs (1.0 V
part)
VDD_LVDS1_1P0
VDD_ANA1_1P8, VDD_ANA2_1P8, Power
N/A
N/A
1.65 1.70 1.75
V
V
These balls shall be powered by a
dedicated supply.
VDD_ANA3_1P8, VDD_CP_1P8,
VDD_SCU_1P8,
VDD_SCU_ANA_1P8,
VDD_SCU_XTAL_1P8
supplies of
I/Os, analog
and oscillator
of the SCU
Note: The disconnect between
the ball naming, implying a 1.8 V
supply, and the actual required
operating voltage of 1.7 V is
known and correct as shown.
VDD_PCIE_IOB_1P8,
VDD_ADC_1P8,
VDD_ADC_DIG_1P8,
VDD_HDMI_RX0_1P84,
VDD_HDMI_TX0_1P8,
VDD_LVDS0_1P8,
Power
1.65 1.80 1.95
—
supplies of
PHYs (1.8 V
part) and
GPIO
operating at
1.8 V only.
VDD_LVDS1_1P8,
VDD_MIPI_CSI0_1P8,
VDD_MIPI_CSI1_1P8,
VDD_MIPI_DSI0_1P8,
VDD_MIPI_DSI1_1P8,
VDD_MLB_1P85,
VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P8,
VDD_PCIE_SATA0_PLL_1P84,
VDD_PCIE0_PLL_1P8,
VDD_PCIE1_PLL_1P8,
VDD_USB_HSIC0_1P8,
VDD_ANA0_1P8,
VDD_MIPI_CSI_DIG_1P8
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
18
Electrical characteristics
1
Table 8. Operating ranges (continued)
Symbol
Description
Mode
Min Typ Max Unit
Comments
VDD_HDMI_RX0_VH_RX_3P34,
VDD_HDMI_TX0_DIG_3P3,
VDD_USB_OTG1_3P3,
VDD_USB_OTG2_3P3,
VDD_USB_SS3_TC_3P3
Power
N/A
3.00 3.30 3.60
V
—
supplies of
PHYs (3.3 V
part) and
GPIO
operating at
3.3 V only
VDD_PCIE_DIG_1P8_3P3,
VDD_ENET0_1P8_3P3,
VDD_ENET_MDIO_1P8_3P3,
VDD_EMMC0_1P8_3P3,
Power
supplies of
GPIO
supporting
both 1.8 V or
3.3 V
1.8 V
3.3 V
1.65 1.80 1.95
3.00 3.30 3.60
V
V
When VDD_USDHC1_1P8_3P3
or VDD_USDHC2_1P8_3P3 is
used to support an SD card then
it shall be on a dedicated
1.8V/3.3V regulator.
When VDD_SIM0_1P8_3P3 is
used to support a SIM card, it
shall be on a dedicated 1.8V/3.3V
regulator.
VDDs of this list targeting 1.8V
can share 1.8V regulator of 1.8V
only VDDs
VDDs of this list targeting 3.3V
can share 3.3V regulator of 3.3V
only VDDs
VDD_USDHC1_1P8_3P3,
VDD_USDHC2_1P8_3P3,
VDD_USDHC_VSELECT_1P8_3P3,
VDD_SIM0_1P8_3P3,
VDD_ESAI0_MCLK_1P8_3P3,
VDD_ESAI1_SPDIF_SPI_1P8_3P3,
VDD_FLEXCAN_1P8_3P3,
VDD_LVDS_DIG_1P8_3P3,
VDD_M4_GPT_UART_1P8_3P3,
VDD_MIPI_DSI_DIG_1P8_3P3,
VDD_MLB_DIG_1P8_3P36,
VDD_QSPI0_1P8_3P3,
VDD_QSPI1A_1P8_3P3,
VDD_SPI_SAI_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET1_1P8_2P5_3P3
Power
supplies of
ethernet I/Os
1.8 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
N/A
1.65 1.80 1.95
2.38 2.50 2.63
3.00 3.30 3.60
1.1 1.2 1.3
V
V
V
V
—
—
—
—
VDD_USB_HSIC0_1P2
VDD_SNVS_4P2
Power supply
of USB-HSIC
I/Os
Power supply
of SNVS
N/A
2.80 3.30 4.20
V
It can be supplied by a backup
battery: a coin cell or a super cap.
Output of embedded LDOs and negative charge pump
VDD_USB_SS3_LDO_1P0_CAP,
1.0 V output of
N/A
—
1.00
—
V
—
VDD_HDMI_RX0_LDO0_1P0_CAP4 embedded
,
LDOs
VDD_HDMI_RX0_LDO1_1P0_CAP4
, VDD_HDMI_TX0_LDO_1P0_CAP,
VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P0_CAP
VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP
1.8 V output of
SNVS
N/A
—
1.80
—
V
—
embedded
LDO
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
19
Electrical characteristics
1
Table 8. Operating ranges (continued)
Symbol
Description
Mode
Min Typ Max Unit
-1.80
Comments
VDD_M1P8 _CAP
-1.8 V output
of embedded
charge pump
N/A
—
—
V
—
Power supplies that shall be connected to output of an embedded LDO
VDD_HDMI_TX0_1P0
—
N/A
—
1.00
—
V
Shall be externally connected to
VDD_HDMI_TX0_LDO_1P0_CA
P
VDD_PCIE_SATA0_1P04,
VDD_PCIE0_1P0, VDD_PCIE1_1P0
—
—
N/A
N/A
—
—
1.00
1.00
—
—
V
V
Shall be externally connected to
VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P0_CAP
VDD_USB_OTG1_1P0,
VDD_USB_OTG2_1P0
Shall be externally connected to
VDD_USB_SS3_LDO_1P0_CA
P
Junction temperature
-40
Junction temperature
—
—
125 °C
—
1
Voltage ranges are defined to group as many supplies as possible. Individual supplies may have a wider range than listed here.
2
These are the supported frequencies included in the Linux, Android, and all other operating systems using the SCU defined
DVFS (Dynamic Voltage and Frequency Scaling) set points. An additional Overdrive set point is included to provide a more
balanced power-versus-performance trade-off, where the A72 runs at 1.3 GHz and the A53 runs at 1.1 GHz. Likewise, an
additional Nominal set point is included where both the A72 and A53 run at 600 MHz.
3
4
During low power state, this voltage can be dropped to 0.8 V +/- 3% for retention.
HDMI-RX is not currently supported, the related power and signal connections are provided for future use when it is expected
HDMI-RX support will be enabled.
5
6
MLB is not supported on this product. This MLB power rail may be tied to the power supply voltage indicated or may be
terminated, per the Hardware Developer’s Guide power supplies of unused functions.
MLB is not supported on this product. The MLB power rail must be tied to the power supply voltage indicated if other I/O
functions are used, as determined by IOMUX selection. Alternately, terminate the MLB supply per the Hardware Developer’s
Guide power supplies of unused functions.
4.1.4
External clock sources
Each processor has two external input system clocks: a low frequency (RTC_XTALI) and a high frequency
(XTALI).
The RTC_XTALI is used for real time functions. It supplies the clock for real time clock operation and for
slow-system and watchdog counters. The clock input can be connected to either an external oscillator or a
crystal using the internal oscillator amplifier.
The system clock input XTALI is used to generate the main system clock. It supplies the PLLs and other
peripherals. The system clock input requires a crystal using the internal oscillator amplifier.
The PCIe oscillator can be sourced internally or input to the chip. In both cases, it is a 100 MHz nominal
clock using HCSL signaling to provide the PCIe reference clock.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
20
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
The following table shows the interface frequency requirements.
Table 9. External Input Clock Frequency
Parameter Description
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
RTC_XTALI Oscillator1,2
XTALI Oscillator4,2
PCIe oscillator5
fckil
fxtal
f100M
—
—
—
—
—
32.7683/32.0
—
—
kHz
MHz
MHz
ppm
24
100
—
—
Frequency accuracy
±300
1
External oscillator or a crystal with internal oscillator amplifier.
2
The required frequency stability of this clock source is application dependent. For recommendations, see the hardware
development guide for this device.
3
4
5
Recommended nominal frequency 32.768 kHz.
Fundamental frequency crystal with internal oscillator amplifier.
If using an external clock instead of the internal clock source, an HCSL-compatible clock is required. Concerning EMI/EMC,
note that internal source is not spread-spectrum capable.
The typical values shown in Table 9 are required for use with NXP board support packages (BSPs) to
ensure precise time keeping and USB and HDMI operations.
4.1.5
Maximum Supply Currents
NOTE
Some of the numbers shown in this table are based on the companion
regulator limits and not actual use cases. Current-drain application note
AN13249 is also available for reference. This document contains measured
results for i.MX 8QuadMax and should be used as a guideline for i.MX
8QuadPlus.
Table 10. Maximum supply currents
Symbol
Value Unit
Comments
VDD_A72
3500 mA Value based on max current delivered by PMIC
2500 mA Value based on max current delivered by PMIC
3500 mA Value based on max current delivered by PMIC
3500 mA Value based on max current delivered by PMIC
5000 mA Value based on max current delivered by PMIC
3200 mA Value based on max current delivered by PMIC
VDD_A53
VDD_GPU0
VDD_GPU1
VDD_MAIN
VDD_MEMC
VDD_DDR_CH0_VDDQ
800
200
20
mA Does not include current used by external memory.
mA Does not include current used by external memory.
mA
VDD_DDR_CH0_VDDQ_CKE
VDD_DDR_CH0_VDDA_PLL_1P8
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
21
Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 10. Maximum supply currents (continued)
Value Unit Comments
mA Does not include current used by external memory.
VDD_DDR_CH1_VDDQ
VDD_DDR_CH1_VDDQ_CKE
VDD_DDR_CH1_VDDA_PLL_1P8
VDD_SCU_ANA_1P8
800
200
20
5
mA Does not include current used by external memory.
mA
mA
VDD_SCU_1P8
20
60
10
175
45
140
110
15
45
40
25
35
15
20
35
55
5
mA Digital I/Os of SCU
VDD_CP_1P8
ma There is a peak current of 60mA over 140 μs.
VDD_SCU_XTAL_1P8
VDD_ANA0_1P8
mA Supply of crystal oscillator and integrated 200 MHz oscillator
mA
VDD_ANA1_1P8
mA
VDD_ANA2_1P8
mA
VDD_ANA3_1P8
mA
VDD_SIM0_1P8_3P3
mA
VDD_M4_GPT_UART_1P8_3P3
VDD_ESAI1_SPDIF_SPI_1P8_3P3
VDD_ESAI0_MCLK_1P8_3P3
VDD_SPI_SAI_1P8_3P3
VDD_FLEXCAN_1P8_3P3
VDD_QSPI1A_1P8_3P3
VDD_QSPI0_1P8_3P3
VDD_EMMC0_1P8_3P3
VDD_USDHC_VSELECT_1P8_3P3
VDD_USDHC1_1P8_3P3
VDD_USDHC2_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET_MDIO_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET0_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET1_1P8_2P5_3P3
VDD_LVDS_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_LVDSx_1P8
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
55
35
15
25
25
25
100
5
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA x is 0 or 1
mA x is 0 or 1
mA
VDD_LVDSx_1P0
VDD_MIPI_DSI_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_MIPI_DSIx_1P8
20
5
mA x is 0 or 1
mA x is 0 or 1
mA x is 0 or 1
VDD_MIPI_DSIx_1P0
35
5
VDD_MIPI_DSIx_PLL_1P0
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
22
Electrical characteristics
Table 10. Maximum supply currents (continued)
Value Unit Comments
Symbol
VDD_MIPI_CSI_DIG_1P8
VDD_MIPI_CSIx_1P8
VDD_MIPI_CSIx_1P0
VDD_HDMI_TX0_DIG_3P3
VDD_HDMI_TX0_1P8
VDD_HDMI_TX0_1P0
VDD_ADC_1P8
20
5
mA
mA x is 0 or 1
mA x is 0 or 1
mA
20
5
80
80
5
mA
mA Shall be externally connected to VDD_HDMI_TX0_LDO_1P0_CAP
mA
VDD_ADC_DIG_1P8
VDD_MLB_DIG_1P8_3P31
VDD_MLB_1P82
1
mA
10
50
1
mA
mA
VDD_USB_OTG1_1P0
VDD_USB_OTG1_3P3
VDD_USB_OTG2_1P0
VDD_USB_OTG2_3P3
VDD_USB_SS3_TC_3P3
VDD_USB_HSIC0_1P2
VDD_USB_HSIC0_1P8
VDD_PCIE_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_PCIE_IOB_1P8
VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P8
VDD_PCIE_SATA0_PLL_1P8
VDD_PCIE0_PLL_1P8
VDD_PCIE1_PLL_1P8
VDD_PCIE_SATA0_1P0
VDD_PCIE0_1P0
mA Shall be externally connected to VDD_USB_SS3_LDO_1P0_CAP
30
35
10
10
10
5
mA
mA Shall be externally connected to VDD_USB_SS3_LDO_1P0_CAP
mA
mA
mA
mA
5
mA
45
190
20
20
20
65
65
60
5
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA Shall be externally connected to VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P0_CAP
mA Shall be externally connected to VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P0_CAP
mA Shall be externally connected to VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P0_CAP
mA Start-up current
VDD_PCIE1_1P0
VDD_SNVS_4P23
1
MLB is not supported on this product. This MLB power rail must be tied to the voltage specified in Table 8 if other I/O functions
are used, as determined by IOMUX selection. Alternately, terminate the MLB supply per the Hardware Developer’s Guide
power supplies of unused functions.
2
3
MLB is not supported on this product. The MLB power rail must be tied to the voltage specified in Table 8 or may be terminated,
per the Hardware Developer’s Guide power supplies of unused tables.
Under normal operating conditions, the maximum current on VDD_SNVS_4P2 is shown Table 11. During initial power on,
VDD_SNVS_4P2 can draw up to 5 mA if the supply is capable of sourcing that current. If less than 5 mA is available, the
VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP charge time will increase.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
23
Electrical characteristics
4.1.6
Low power mode supply currents
The following table shows the current core consumption (not including I/O) in selected low power modes.
Table 11. i.MX 8QuadPlus Key State (KSx) power consumption
Mode
Test conditions
Supply
Max
Unit
KS0 SNVS only, all other supplies OFF. RTC running,
tamper not active, external 32K crystal.
VDD_SNVS_4P2 (4.2 V)
50
μA
KS11 RAM and IO state retained.
DRAM in self-refresh, associated I/O’s OFF.
32K running, 24M, PLLs and ring oscillators OFF
PHYs are in idle state.
VDD_ANAx_1P8, VDD_SCUx_1P8,
VDD_CP_1P8 (1.7V)
6
mA
VDD_A53 (OFF)
VDD_A72 (OFF)
VDD_GPU0 (OFF)
VDD_GPU1 (OFF)
VDD_MEMC (OFF)
VDD_DDR_CHx_VDDQ (1.1V)
VDD_MAIN (0.8V)
Total
—
—
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mW
mA
mA
mA
MEMC, A53, A72, and GPU supplies OFF.
MAIN2 dropped to 0.8 V.
—
—
—
1.4
12
21.94
1066
2000
KS43 Leakage test, not intended as a customer use case. VDD_A53 (1.1V)
Overdrive conditions set, memories active, all
VDD_A72 (1.1V)
sub-systems powered ON.
Active power minimized.
VDD_GPU0 (1.0V)
See
footnote4
VDD_GPU1 (1.0V)
See
mA
footnote4
VDD_MEMC (1.1V)
VDD_MAIN (1.0V)
Total
1800
1500
mA
mA
mW
1
2
3
4
Maximum values are for 25 °C Tambient
.
0.8 V nominal—voltage specification under this case is ± 3%.
Maximum values are for 125 °C Tjunction . Stated supply voltages do not exceed +2% during test.
Unavailable at time of publication.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
24
Electrical characteristics
4.1.7
USB 2.0 PHY typical current consumption in Power-Down mode
In power down mode, everything is powered down, including the VBUS valid detectors, typical condition.
The following table shows the USB interface typical current consumption in Power-Down mode.
Table 12. USB 2.0 PHY typical current consumption in Power-Down Mode
VDD_USB_OTG1_3P3 (3.3 V)
VDD_ANA0_1P8 (1.8 V)
VDD_USB_OTG1_1P0 (1.0 V)
Current
1 μA
0.06 μA
0.5 μA
4.1.8
USB 3.0 PHY typical current consumption in Power-Down mode
In power down mode, everything is powered down, including the VBUS valid detectors, typical condition.
The following table shows the USB interface typical current consumption in Power-Down mode.
Table 13. USB 3.0 PHY typical current consumption in Power-Down Mode
—
VDD_ANA0_1P8 (1.8 V)
VDD_USB_OTG2_1P0 (1.0 V)
Current
—
10 μA
70 μA
The following table shows the current consumption for the USB 2.0 PHY embedded in the USB 3.0
PHY.
Table 14. Typical current consumption in Power-Down mode for USB 2.0 PHY embedded in USB 3.0 PHY
VDD_USB_OTG2_3P3 (3.3 V)
VDD_ANA0_1P8 (1.8 V)
VDD_USB_OTG2_1P0 (1.0 V)
Current—Host mode
22.6 μA
12.6 μΑ
12.7 μΑ
85.7 μΑ
81.5 μΑ
78.5 μΑ
Current—Device mode
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
25
Electrical characteristics
4.2
Power supplies requirements and restrictions
The system design must comply with power-up sequence, power-down sequence, and steady state
guidelines as described in this section to ensure the reliable operation of the device. Any deviation from
these sequences may result in the following situations:
•
•
•
Excessive current during power-up phase
Prevention of the device from booting
Irreversible damage to the processor
4.2.1
Power-up sequence
The device has the following power-up sequence requirements:
•
•
•
Supply group 0 (SNVS) must be powered first. It is expected that group 0 will typically remain
always on after the first power-on.
Supply group 1 (MAIN and SCU) and group 0 must both be powered to their nominal values prior
to boot. They must power up after or simultaneously with group 0.
Supply group 2 (I/O’s and DDR interface) consists of those modules required to start the boot
process by accessing external storage devices. These must be fully powered prior to POR release
if booting from one of these supplies interfaces. They must power up after or simultaneously with
group 1.
•
Supply group 3 consists of the remaining portions of the SoC. This includes nonboot I/O voltages
and supplies for the major computational units. These can be sequenced in any order and as
required to perform the desired functions for the intended application. They must power up after
or simultaneously with group 2.
NOTE
The definition of “power-up” refers to a stable voltage operating within the
range defined in Table 8. This should be taken into consideration, along
with the different capacitive loading on each rail, if considering
simultaneous switch-on of the different supply groups.
4.2.2
Power-down sequence
The device processor has the following power-down sequence requirements:
•
•
Supply group 0 must be turned off last, after all other supplies.
Supply group 1 can be turned off just prior to group 0.
All remaining supplies can be turned off prior to group 1.
NOTE
When switching off supply group 0 (SNVS), VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP
must be fully discharged to 0 V before starting the next power-up sequence
to ensure correct operation.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
26
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
4.2.3
Power Supplies Usage
The following table shows the power supplies usage by group.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
27
Table 15. Power supplies usage
Supply
Groups
Voltage
Group0
2.4 - 4.2v
VDD_SNVS_4P2
1.0v
Group 1
1.8v
VDD_MAIN
VDD_ANA1_1P8
VDD_ANA2_1P8
VDD_ANA3_1P8
VDD_CP_1P8
VDD_LVDSx_1P0
VDD_MIPI_CSIx_1P0
VDD_MIPI_DSIx_1P0
VDD_MIPI_DSIx_PLL_1P0
VDD_SCU_1P8
VDD_SCU_x_1P8
Group 2
1.1V
1.8v
VDD_ADC_DIG_1P8
VDD_ADC_1P8
1.8v or 3.3v
1.8v or 3.3v switchable
3.3v
VDD_MEMC
VDD_EMMC0_1P8_3P3
VDD_ESAI0_MCLK_1P8_3P3
VDD_ESAI1_SPDIF_SPI_1P8_3P3
VDD_FLEXCAN_1P8_3P3
VDD_USDHCx_1P8_3P3 VDD_HDMI_RX0_VH_RX_3P3
VDD_DDR_CHx_VDDQ
VDD_DDR_CHx_VDDQ_CKE
VDD_SIM0_1P8_3P3
VDD_HDMI_TX0_DIG_3P3
VDD_USB_OTGx_3P3
VDD_USB_SS3_TC_3P3
VDD_ANA0_1P8
VDD_DDR_CHx_VDDA_PLL_1P8
VDD_HDMI_x_1P8
VDD_LVDSx_1P8
VDD_LVDS_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_M4_GPT_UART_1P8_3P3
VDD_MIPI_DSI_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_MIPI_CSI_DIG_1P8
VDD_MIPI_x_1P8
1
VDD_MLB_DIG_1P8_3P3
2
VDD_MLB_1P8
VDD_PCIE_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_QSPIx_1P8_3P3
VDD_PCIE_SATA0_PLL_1P8
VDD_PCIE_x_1P8
VDD_PCIEx_PLL_1P8
VDD_USB_HSIC0_1P8
1.2v
VDD_SPI_SAI_1P8_3P3
VDD_USDHC_VSELECT_1P8_3P3
Group 3
1.1 - 1.1v
1.0v internal LDO's
VDD_HDMI_TX0_1P0
VDD_PCIE_SATA0_1P0
1.8v or 2.5v or 3.3v
VDD_ENET_MDIO_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET0_1P8_3P3
VDD_A53
VDD_A72
VDD_USB_HSIC0_1P2
VDD_ENET1_1P8_2P5_3P3
VDD_GPUx
VDD_PCIEx_1P0
VDD_USB_OTGx_1P0
1
2
MLB is not supported on this product. This MLB power rail must be tied to the voltage specified in Table 8 if other I/O functions are used as determined by
IOMUX selection. Alternately, terminate the MLB supply, per the Hardware Developer’s Guide power supplies usage of unused features.
MLB is not supported on this product. The MLB power rail must be tied to the voltage specified in Table 8 or may be terminated, per the Hardware Developer’s
Guide power supplies of unused functions.
Electrical characteristics
4.3
PLL electrical characteristics
PLLs of subsystems
4.3.1
i.MX 8QuadPlus embeds a large number of PLLs to address clocking requirements of the various
subsystems. These PLLs are controlled through the SCU and not directly by Cortex-A or Cortex-M4F
processors. A software API shall be used by those processors to access the PLL settings. Additional PLLs
are specific to high-performance interfaces. These are described in the following sections.
This table summarizes the PLLs controlled by the SCU.
Table 16. PLLs controlled by SCU
Locking range1
Subsystem
Cortex-A532
PLL usage
Source clock
Lock freq.
Unit
Min freq. Max freq.
Subsystem
24
24
1250
1250
2500
2500
• Overdrive: 2400
• Nominal: 1800
MHz
MHz
Cortex-A723
Subsystem
• Overdrive: 1600
• Nominal: 2120
CCI
Subsystem
24
24
650
1300
2500
1000
MHz
MHz
GPU
PLL #0: subsystem
1250
• Nominal: 2500
• Underdrive: 16004
PLL #1: shaders
Subsystem
24
24
1250
1250
2500
2500
• Nominal: 2500
MHz
MHz
• Underdrive: 16004
DRC (DRAM
Controller)
• LPDDR4: 1600
DB (DRAM Block)
DBLog
Subsystem
Subsystem
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
750
800
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
Display Controller 0 PLL #0: subsystem
PLL #1: display clock #0
800
User-configurable
User-configurable
800
PLL #2: display clock #1
Display Controller 1 PLL #0: subsystem
PLL #1: display clock #0
User-configurable
User-configurable
1200
PLL #2: display clock #1
Imaging
Audio
Subsystem
PLL #0: subsystem
PLL #1: audio PLL #0
PLL #2: audio PLL #1
Subsystem
700
User-configurable
User-configurable
792
Connectivity
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
29
Electrical characteristics
Subsystem
Table 16. PLLs controlled by SCU (continued)
Locking range1
PLL usage
Source clock
Lock freq.
Unit
Min freq. Max freq.
HSIO (High-speed
I/O)
Subsystem
24
24
650
650
1300
1300
800
800
MHz
MHz
LSIO (Low-speed
I/O)
Subsystem
Cortex-M4
VPU
Subsystem
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
792
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
PLL #0: subsystem
PLL #1: Audio DSP (HiFi 4)
Subsystem
1200
666
HDMI-TX / eDP
MIPI-DSI
MIPI-CSI
DMA
User-configurable
Subsystem
864
720
Subsystem
Subsystem
960
SCU (System
Subsystem
1056
Controller Unit)
1
2
Operating frequencies are limited to only those supported by the SCFW.
2400 MHz is used to generate the 1200 MHz maximum and 600 MHz slow operating points; 1800 MHz is used to generate the
900 MHz typical operating point. See Table 8 to get associated voltages.
3
4
1600 MHz is used for max operating point, 2120 MHz is used to generate 1060 MHz for typical operating point, and 2400 MHz
is used to generate the 600 MHz slow operating point. See Table 8 to get associated voltages.
2500 MHz is used to generate 625 MHz for the max operating point, 1600 MHz is used to generate 400 MHz for the slow
operating point. See Table 8 to get associated voltages.
4.3.2
PLLs dedicated to specific interfaces
The following sections cover PLLs used for specific interfaces. Clock output frequency and clock output
range refer to the output of the PLL. Additional clock dividers may be on the output path to divide the
output frequency down to the targeted frequency. See the related sections in the reference manual for
settings of these clock dividers.
4.3.2.1
Ethernet PLL
This PLL is controlled by the SCU.
Table 17. Ethernet PLL
Parameter
Value
Unit
Reference clock
24
1
MHz
GHz
Clock output frequency
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
30
Electrical characteristics
4.3.2.2
USB 3.0 PLLs
USB 3.0 has two PLLs. One is embedded in Super-Speed PHY. The other one is embedded in the USB 2.0
OTG PHY that is part of the USB 3.0 interface.
The table below describes the PLL embedded in the Super-Speed PHY.
Table 18. USB 3.0 PLL embedded in Super Speed PHY
Parameter
Value
Unit
Reference clock
24
5
MHz
GHz
Clock output frequency
The table below describes the PLL embedded in the USBOTG PHY.
Table 19. USB 3.0 PLL embedded in USBOTG PHY
Parameter
Value
Unit
Reference clock
24
MHz
MHz
Clock output frequency
480
4.3.2.3
USB 2.0 OTG and USB-HSIC PLLs
This PLL is embedded in the USB 2.0 OTG PHY (the one which is not part of the USB 3.0 feature). It is
also used to supply the 480 MHz clock to the HSIC interface.
Table 20. USB 2.0 OTG and USB-HSIC PLLs
Parameter
Value
Unit
Reference clock
24
MHz
MHz
Clock output frequency
480
4.3.2.4
PCIe PLLs
The PCIe interface has seven PLLs:
•
•
One is used to generate the single, common 100 MHz reference clock to each lane
One Transmit and one Receive PLL per lane (three lanes)
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
31
Electrical characteristics
The table below shows the characteristics for the reference clock PLL.
Table 21. PCIe reference clock PLLs
Parameter
Value
Unit
Comments
Reference clock
Clock output frequency
24
MHz
—
100
MHz Used to generate internal 100 MHz reference clock to PCIe lanes
The table below shows characteristics of the TX and RX PLLs used in each lane.
1
Table 22. PCIe Transmit and Receive PLLs
Parameter
Value
Unit
Comments
Reference clock
100
MHz From differential input clock pads or from internal PLL
Clock output range
6 ~ 10
GHz PCIe gen3: 8GHz to get 8GHz baud clock
PCIe gen2: 10GHz to get 5GHz baud clock
PCIe gen1: 10GHz to get 2.5GHz baud clock
1
PCIe 1.0 and 2.0 compliant. PCIe 3.0 capable, contact your NXP representative.
4.3.2.5
HDMI-TX / DP PLLs
The HDMI-TX interface uses two PLLs. One is used to generate the reference clock when using the HDMI
PHY itself in HDMI mode. In DP mode, this PLL is bypassed and only the PLL embedded in the PHY is
used.
The table below shows characteristics of the reference clock PLL for HDMI.
Table 23. HDMI reference clock PLL
Parameter
Value
Unit
Comments
Reference clock
Clock output range
24
MHz
—
1.25 ~ 2.5
GHz Refer to HDMI / DP section of reference manual
The table below shows characteristics of the PLL embedded in HDMI/DP PHY.
Table 24. PLL embedded in HDMI/DP PHY
Parameter
Value
Unit
Comments
Reference clock
24MHz / derived from
HDMI-TX PLL
MHz 24MHz: when in DP mode
derived from HDMI-TX PLL: when in HDMI mode
Clock output range
≤5.4
GHz Dependent on targeted display configuration
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
32
Electrical characteristics
4.3.2.6
MIPI-DSI PLL
The table below shows characteristics of the PLL embedded in the MIPI-DSI PHY.
Table 25. MIPI-DSIPHY PLL
Parameter
Value
Unit
Comments
Reference clock
Clock output range
24
MHz
—
0.75 ~ 1.5
GHz Dependent on targeted display configuration
4.3.2.7
LVDS PLL
The table below shows characteristics of the PLL embedded in LVDS PHY.
Table 26. LVDS PHY PLL
Parameter
Value
Unit
Comments
Reference clock
Data rate range
25 ~ 160
MHz
—
175 ~ 1120
Mbps Dependent on targeted display configuration
4.4
On-chip oscillators
OSC24M
4.4.1
This block integrates trimmable internal loading capacitors and driving circuitry. When combined with a
suitable 24 MHz external quartz element, it can generate a low-jitter clock. The oscillator is powered from
VDD_SCU_XTAL_1P8. The internal loading capacitors are trimmable to provide fine adjustment of the
24 MHz oscillation frequency. It is expected that customers burn appropriate trim values for the selected
crystal and board parasitics.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
33
Electrical characteristics
Figure 2. Normal Crystal Oscillation mode
Table 27. Crystal specifications
Parameter description
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Frequency1
—
—
24
18
—
—
—
—
—
60
MHz
pF
Cload2
Maximum drive level
200
—
μW
Ω
ESR
1
The required frequency accuracy is set by the serial interfaces utilized for a specific application and is detailed in the
respective standard documents.
2
Cload is the specification of the quartz element, not for the capacitors coupled to the quartz element.
4.4.2
OSC32K
This block implements an internal amplifier, trimmable load capacitors and a bias network that when
combined with a suitable quartz crystal implements a low power oscillator.
Additionally, if the clock monitor determines that the 32KHz oscillation is not present, then the source of
the 32 KHz clock will automatically switch to the internal relaxation oscillator of lesser frequency
accuracy.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
34
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
CAUTION
The internal ring oscillator is not meant to be used in customer applications,
due to gross frequency variation over wafer processing, temperature, and
supply voltage. These variations will cause timing issues to many different
circuits that use the internal ring oscillator for reference; and, if this timing
is critical, application issues will occur. To prevent application issues, it is
recommended to only use an external crystal or an accurate external clock.
If this recommendation is not followed, NXP cannot guarantee full
compliance of any circuit using this clock. The OSC32K runs from
VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP, which is regulated from VDD_SNVS. The
target battery/voltage range is 2.8 to 4.2 V for VDD_SNVS, with a regulated
output of approximately 1.75 V.
Table 28. OSC32K main characteristics
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Comments
Fosc
—
32.768 kHz
—
This frequency is nominal and determined mainly by
the crystal selected. 32.0 KHz is also supported.
Current
consumption
—
—
• xtal oscillator mode: 5 μA
—
—
These values are for typical process and room
temperature. Values will be updated after silicon
characterization.
• 32K internal oscillator mode: 10 μA
Bias resistor
200 MΩ
This the integrated bias resistor that sets the amplifier
into a high gain state. Any leakage through the ESD
network, external board leakage, or even a scope
probe that is significant relative to this value will
debias the amplifier. The debiasing will result in low
gain, and will impact the circuit's ability to start up and
maintain oscillations.
Target Crystal Properties
Cload
ESR
—
—
10 pF
—
Usually crystals can be purchased tuned for different
Cloads. This Cload value is typically 1/2 of the
capacitances realized on the PCB on either side of
the quartz. A higher Cload will decrease oscillation
margin, but increases current oscillating through the
crystal.
50 kΩ
100 kΩ Equivalent series resistance of the crystal. Choosing
a crystal with a higher value will decrease the
oscillating margin.
Table 29. External input clock for OSC32K
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Notes
Frequency
—
700
—
32.768 or 32
—
kHz
mV
ns
—
1,2,3
VPP RTC_XTALI
Rise/fall time
—
—
VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP
—
4
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
35
Electrical characteristics
1
The external clock is fed into the chip from the RTC_XTALI pin; the RTC_XTALO pin should be left floating.
2
The parameter specified here is a peak-to-peak value and VIH/VIL specifications do not apply.
3
The voltage applied on RTC_XTALI must be within the range of VSS to VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP.
4
The rise/fall time of the applied clock are not strictly confined.
4.5
I/O DC Parameters
This section includes the DC parameters of the following I/O types:
•
•
XTALI and RTC_XTALI (clock inputs) DC parameters
General Purpose I/O (GPIO) DC parameters
NOTE
The term ‘OVDD’ in this section refers to the associated supply rail of an
input or output.
ovdd
pmos (Rpu)
Voh min
1
Vol max
or
0
pdat
pad
Predriver
nmos (Rpd)
ovss
Figure 3. Circuit for Parameters Voh and Vol for I/O Cells
4.5.1
XTALI and RTC_XTALI (Clock Inputs) DC Parameters
For RTC_XTALI, V /V specifications do not apply. The high and low levels of the applied clock on
IH IL
this pin are not strictly defined, as long as the input’s peak-to-peak amplitude meet the requirements and
the input’s voltage value does not exceed the limits.
4.5.2
General-purpose I/O (GPIO) DC parameters
NOTE
The term “OVDD” in this section refers to the associated supply rail of an
input or output. The association is shown in Table 127.
4.5.2.1
Tri-voltage GPIO DC parameters
The following tables show tri-voltage 1.8V, 2.5 V, and 3.3 V DC parameters, respectively, for GPIO pads.
These parameters are guaranteed per the operating ranges in Table 8, unless otherwise noted.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
36
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
1
Table 30. Tri-voltage 1.8 V GPIO DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
High-level output voltage2,3
VOH
IOH= 0.1mA
PDRV=1
0.8 × OVDD
—
V
IOH= 2mA
PDRV=0
Low-level output voltage2,3
VOL
IOL= -0.1mA
PDRV=1
—
0.125 × OVDD
V
I
OL= -2mA
PDRV=0
High-Level input voltage2,4
Low-Level input voltage
Pull-up resistance
VIH
VIL
—
—
0.625 × OVDD
OVDD
0.25 × OVDD
50
V
V
0
RPU
VIN=0V (Pullup Resistor)
PUN = "L", PDN = "H"
15
kΩ
Pull-down resistance
RDOWN
VIN=OVDD( Pulldown Resistor)
PUN = "H", PDN = "L"
15
-1
50
1
kΩ
μA
Input current (no PU/PD)
IIN
VI = 0, VI = OVDD
PUN = "H", PDN = "H"
1
For tri-voltage I/O, the associated IOMUXD compensation control register PSW_OVR and COMP bits must be set correctly.
For 1.8 or 3.3 V operation, the SCFW API must be used to set PSW_OVR = 0b0 and COMP=0b000. For 2.5 V operation,
PSW_OVR = 0b1 and COMP = 0b010.
2
3
Refer to Section 4.6.1 for undershoot and overshoot specifications.
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (PDRV field) register. High Drive mode is recommended for 3v3 and 2v5 modes.
Low Drive mode is recommended for 1v8 mode.
4
Refer to Section 4.6.2 for monotonic requirements.
1
Table 31. Tri-voltage 2.5 V GPIO DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
V
High-level output voltage2,3
IOH= 2mA
PDRV=0
0.8 × OVDD
—
V
OH
V
Low-level output voltage2,3
IOL= -2mA
PDRV=0
—
0.125 × OVDD
V
OL
V
High-Level input voltage2,4
Low-Level input voltage
Pull-up resistance
—
—
0.625 × OVDD
OVDD
0.25 × OVDD
100
V
V
IH
VIL
0
RPU
VIN=0V (Pullup Resistor)
PUN = "L", PDN = "H"
10
kΩ
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
37
Electrical characteristics
1
Table 31. Tri-voltage 2.5 V GPIO DC parameters (continued)
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
Pull-down resistance
RDOWN
VIN=OVDD( Pulldown
Resistor)
10
100
kΩ
PUN = "H", PDN = "L"
Input current (no PU/PD)
IIN
VI = 0, VI = OVDD
PUN = "H", PDN = "H"
-1
1
μA
1
For tri-voltage I/O, the associated IOMUXD compensation control register PSW_OVR and COMP bits must be set correctly.
For 1.8 or 3.3 V operation, the SCFW API must be used to set PSW_OVR = 0b0 and COMP=0b000. For 2.5 V operation,
PSW_OVR = 0b1 and COMP = 0b010.
2
3
Refer to Section 4.6.1 for undershoot and overshoot specifications.
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (PDRV field) register. High Drive mode is recommended for 3v3 and 2v5 modes.
Low Drive mode is recommended for 1v8 mode.
4
Refer to Section 4.6.2 for monotonic requirements.
1
Table 32. Tri-voltage 3.3 V GPIO DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
V
High-level output voltage2,3
IOH= 0.1mA
PDRV=1
0.8 × OVDD
V
OH
IOH= 2mA
PDRV=0
V
Low-level output voltage2,3
IOL= -0.1mA
PDRV3=1
—
0.125 × OVDD
V
OL
IOL= -2mA
PDRV=0
V
High-Level input voltage2,4,3
Low-Level input voltage
Pull-up resistance
—
—
0.725 × OVDD
OVDD
0.25 × OVDD
100
V
V
IH
VIL
0
RPU
VIN=0V (Pullup Resistor)
PUN = "L", PDN = "H"
10
kΩ
Pull-down resistance
RDOWN
VIN=OVDD( Pulldown Resistor)
PUN = "H", PDN = "L"
10
-2
100
2
kΩ
μA
Input current (no PU/PD)
IIN
VI = 0, VI = OVDD
PUN = "H", PDN = "H"
1
For tri-voltage I/O, the associated IOMUXD compensation control register PSW_OVR and COMP bits must be set correctly.
For 1.8 or 3.3 V operation, the SCFW API must be used to set PSW_OVR = 0b0 and COMP=0b000. For 2.5 V operation,
PSW_OVR = 0b1 and COMP = 0b010.
2
3
Refer to Section 4.6.1 for undershoot and overshoot specifications.
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (PDRV field) register. High Drive mode recommended for 3v3 and 2v5 modes. Low
Drive mode is recommended for 1v8 mode.
4
Refer to Section 4.6.2 for monotonic requirements.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
38
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
4.5.2.2
Dual-voltage GPIO DC parameters
The following two tables show dual-voltage 1.8 V and 3.3 V DC parameters, respectively, for GPIO
pads. These parameters are guaranteed per the operating ranges in Table 8, unless otherwise noted.
Table 33. Dual-voltage 1.8 V GPIO DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Ioh= 0.1mA
Min
Max
Units
High-level output voltage1,2
VOH
0.8 × OVDD
—
V
PDRV=1
Ioh= 2mA
PDRV=0
Low-level output voltage1,2
High-Level input voltage1,3
VOL
Iol= -0.1mA
PDRV=1
—
0.125 × OVD
V
V
D
Iol= -2mA
PDRV=0
VIH
—
—
0.625 × OVD
OVDD
D
Low-Level input voltage
Pull-up resistance
VIL
0
0.25 × OVDD
V
RPU
Vin=0 V (Pullup Resistor)
PUN = "L", PDN = "H"
15
50
kΩ
Pull-down resistance
Rdown Vin=OVDD( Pulldown Resistor)
PUN = "H", PDN = "L"
15
-1
50
1
kΩ
μA
Input current (no PU/PD)
IIN
VI = 0, VI = OVDD
PUN = "H", PDN = "H"
1
Refer to Section 4.6.1 for undershoot and overshoot specifications.
2
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (PDRV field) register. High Drive mode is recommended for SD standard (3v3 mode)
and MMC standard (1v8/3v3 modes). Low Drive mode is recommended for SD standard (1v8 mode).
3
Refer to Section 4.6.2 for monotonic requirements.
Table 34. Dual-voltage 3.3 V GPIO DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
High-level output voltage1,2
VOH
Ioh= 0.1mA
PDRV=1
0.8 × OVDD
—
V
Ioh= 2mA
PDRV=0
Low-level output voltage1,2
VOL
Iol= -0.1mA
PDRV=1
—
0.125 × OVDD
V
Iol= -2mA
PDRV=0
High-Level input voltage1,3
Low-Level input voltage
VIH
VIL
—
—
0.725 × OVDD
OVDD
V
V
0
0.25 × OVDD
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
39
Electrical characteristics
Table 34. Dual-voltage 3.3 V GPIO DC parameters (continued)
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
Pull-upresistance
RPU
Vin=0V (Pullup Resistor)
PUN = "L", PDN = "H"
10
100
kΩ
Pull-down resistance
Rdown
Vin=OVDD( Pulldown Resistor)
PUN = "H", PDN = "L"
10
-2
100
2
kΩ
μA
Input current (no PU/PD)
IIN
VI = 0, VI = OVDD
PUN = "H", PDN = "H"
1
Refer to Section 4.6.1 for undershoot and overshoot specifications.
2
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (PDRV field) register. High Drive mode is recommended for SD standard (3v3 mode)
and MMC standard (1v8/3v3 modes). Low Drive mode is recommended for SD standard (1v8 mode).
3
Refer to Section 4.6.2 for monotonic requirements.
4.5.2.3
Single-voltage GPIO DC parameters
Table 35 and Table 36 show single-voltage 1.8 V and 3.3 V DC parameters, respectively, for GPIO pads.
These parameters are guaranteed per the operating ranges in Table 8 unless otherwise noted.
Table 35. Single-voltage 1.8 V GPIO DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
High-level output voltage1,2
VOH
IOH= 0.1mA
DSE = 000 or 001
OVDD × 0.8
—
V
IOH= 2mA
DSE = 010 or 011
IOH= 4mA
DSE = 100 to 110
Low-level output voltage1,2
VOL
IOL= -0.1mA
DSE = 000 or 001
—
OVDD × 0.2
V
IOL= -2mA
DSE = 010 or 011
IOL= -4mA
DSE = 100 to 110
High-Level input voltage2,3
Low-Level input voltage2,3
Pull-up resistance
VIH
VIL
—
—
0.65 × OVDD
OVDD
0.35 × OVDD
90
V
V
0
RPU
Vin=0V (Pullup Resistor)
PUN = "L", PDN = "H"
20
kΩ
Pull-down resistance
Rdown
Vin=OVDD( Pulldown Resistor)
PUN = "H", PDN = "L"
20
-5
90
5
kΩ
μA
kΩ
Input current (no PU/PD)
Keeper Circuit Resistance
IIN
VI = 0, VI = OVDD
PUN = "H", PDN = "H"
R_Keeper
VI =.3xOVDD, VI = .7x OVDD
PUN = "L", PDN = "L"
20
90
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
40
Electrical characteristics
1
2
3
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (DSE field) register.
Refer to Section 4.6.1 for undershoot and overshoot specifications.
Refer to Section 4.6.2 for monotonic requirements.
Table 36. Single-voltage 3.3 V GPIO DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
High-level output voltage1,2
VOH
IOH = 0.1mA
DSE = 00 or 01
0.8 × OVDD
—
V
IOH= 2mA
DSE = 10 or 11
Low-level output voltage1,2
VOL
IOL= -0.1mA
DSE = 00 or 01
—
0.2 × OVDD
V
I
OL = -2mA
DSE = 10 or 11
High-Level input voltage2,3
Low-Level input voltage2,3
Pull-upresistance
VIH
VIL
—
—
0.75 × OVDD
OVDD
0.25 × OVDD
90
V
V
0
RPU
Vin=0 V (Pullup Resistor)
PUN = "L", PDN = "H"
20
kΩ
Pull-down resistance
Rdown
Vin=OVDD( Pulldown Resistor)
PUN = "H", PDN = "L"
20
-5
90
5
kΩ
μA
kΩ
Input current (no PU/PD)
Keeper Circuit Resistance
IIN
VI = 0, VI = OVDD
PUN = "H", PDN = "H"
R_Keeper
VI =.3xOVDD, VI = .7x OVDD
PUN = "L", PDN = "L"
20
90
1
2
3
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (DSE field) register.
Refer to Section 4.6.1 for undershoot and overshoot specifications.
Refer to Section 4.6.2 for monotonic requirements.
4.5.3
HDMI control signals parameters
The following table shows HDMI control signals DC parameters. These parameters are guaranteed per the
operating ranges in Table 8, unless otherwise noted.
Table 37. HDMI DDC and HPD DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
High-level input voltage
Low-level input voltage
VIH
VIL
—
—
2
0
5.3
0.8
V
V
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
41
Electrical characteristics
4.5.4
DDR I/O DC parameters
4.5.4.1
LPDDR4 mode I/O DC parameters
These parameters are guaranteed per the operating ranges in Table 8 unless otherwise noted.
Table 38. LPDDR4 DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
High-level output voltage1
VOH
Output Drive = All settings
(40,48,60,80,120,240)
unterminated outputs
0.9 × VDDQ
—
V
Low-level output voltage1
VOL
Output Drive = All settings
(40,48,60,80,120,240)
unterminated outputs
—
0.1 × VDDQ
V
Input current (no ODT)
IIN
VI = VSSQ, VI = VDDQ
-2
2
μA
V
DC High-Level input voltage
DC Low-Level input voltage
VIH_DC
VIL_DC
—
—
VREF + 0.1
VSSQ
VDDQ
VREF – 0.1
V
1
Refer to Section 4.6.1 for undershoot and overshoot specifications.
4.6
I/O AC Parameters
The GPIO and DDR I/O load circuit and output transition time waveforms are shown in Figure 4 and
Figure 5.
From Output
Under Test
Test Point
CL
CL includes package, probe and fixture capacitance
Figure 4. Load Circuit for Output
OVDD
0 V
80%
20%
80%
20%
tr
Output (at pad)
tf
Figure 5. Output Transition Time Waveform
4.6.1
I/O Overshoot and Undershoot Parameters
For all inputs/outputs, maximum peak amplitude allowed for overshoot and undershoot is specified in
Table 39. OVDD is the I/O Supply.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
42
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
NOTE
If a signal edge produces more than one overshoot/undershoot event, the
sum of all areas following the transition must be less than the area specified.
Table 39. Overshoot and Undershoot Parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Max
Units
Amplitude above OVDD or below GND
Area above OVDD or below GND (A + B)
VPeak
VArea
—
—
0.35
0.8
V
V-ns
Overshoot/undershoot must be controlled through printed circuit board layout, transmission line
impedance matching, signal line termination, and other methods. Noncompliance to this specification may
affect device reliability or cause permanent damage to the device.
VPeak
B
A
Figure 6. Undershoot Waveform Example
4.6.2
Input Signal Monotonic Requirements
Processor input signal monotonic requirements are illustrated in the following figure.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
43
Electrical characteristics
Figure 7. Input Waveform Monotonic Requirement
VIH_min and VIL_max are the guaranteed minimum logic-high and maximum logic-low voltage
specifications, respectively. NXP devices are typically better than guaranteed specifications; these values
are shown in the diagram as “typ”. Nominally, lower voltages than the guaranteed specification are
accepted by the device as logic high and higher voltages than the guaranteed specification are accepted as
logic low.
4.6.3
General Purpose I/O (GPIO) AC Parameters
1
Table 40. General Purpose I/O AC Parameters
Symbol
Parameter
Test Condition
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
1.8 V application2
fmax
Maximum frequency
Load = 21 pF (PDRV = L, high
—
—
208
MHz
drive, 33 Ω
Load = 15 pF (PDRV = H, low
drive, 50 Ω
tr
tf
Rise time
Fall time
Measured between VOL and
VOH
0.4
0.4
—
—
1.32
1.32
ns
ns
Measured between VOH and
VOL
Driver 3.3 V application3
fmax
Maximum frequency
Load = 30 pF
—
—
52
MHz
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
44
Electrical characteristics
1
Table 40. General Purpose I/O AC Parameters (continued)
Symbol
Parameter
Test Condition
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
tr
Rise time
Fall time
Measured between
VOL and VOH
—
—
3
ns
tf
Measured between
VOH and VOL
—
—
3
ns
1
2
3
All output I/O specifications are guaranteed for Accurate mode of the compensation cell operation. This is applicable for both
DC and AC specifications.
All timing specifications in 1.8 V application are valid for High Drive mode (PDRV = L). In Low Drive mode (PDRV = H), the
driver is functional.
All timing specifications in 3.3 V application are valid for Low Drive only. For High Drive setting, the driver is functional.
Table 41. Dynamic input characteristics
Symbol
Parameter
Condition1,2
Min
Max
Unit
Dynamic Input Characteristics for 3.3 V Application
fop
Input frequency of operation
—
—
—
52
MHz
ns
INPSL Slope of input signal at I/O
Measured between 10% to 90% of the I/O swing
3.5
Dynamic Input Characteristics for 1.8 V Application
fop
Input frequency of operation
—
—
—
208
1.5
MHz
ns
INPSL Slope of input signal at I/O
Measured between 10% to 90% of the I/O swing
1
For all supply ranges of operation.
2
The dynamic input characteristic specifications are applicable for the digital bidirectional cells.
4.7
Output Buffer Impedance Parameters
This section defines the I/O impedance parameters for the following I/O types:
•
•
General Purpose I/O (GPIO) output buffer impedance
Double Data Rate I/O (DDR) output buffer impedance for LPDDR4
NOTE
GPIO and DDR I/O output driver impedance is measured with “long”
transmission line of impedance Ztl attached to I/O pad and incident wave
launched into transmission line. Rpu/Rpd and Ztl form a voltage divider that
defines specific voltage of incident wave relative to OVDD. Output driver
impedance is calculated from this voltage divider (see Figure 8).
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
45
Electrical characteristics
OVDD
PMOS (Rpu)
Ztl Ω, L = 20 inches
ipp_do
pad
predriver
Cload = 1p
NMOS (Rpd)
OVSS
U,(V)
VDD
Vin (do)
t,(ns)
0
U,(V)
Vout (pad)
OVDD
Vref2
Vref1
Vref
t,(ns)
0
Vovdd – Vref1
Vref1
Rpu =
Rpd =
× Ztl
× Ztl
Vref2
Vovdd – Vref2
Figure 8. Impedance Matching Load for Measurement
4.7.1
GPIO output buffer impedance
4.7.1.1
Tri-voltage GPIO output buffer impedance
Table 42. Tri-voltage 1.8 V GPIO output impedance DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test conditions
Typical
Units
Output impedance
Output impedance
ZO
ZO
1DSE=0
1DSE=1
33
50
Ω
Ω
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
46
Electrical characteristics
1
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (PDRV field) register.
Table 43. Tri-voltage 2.5 V GPIO output impedance DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test conditions
Typical
Units
Output impedance
Output impedance
ZO
ZO
1DSE=0
1DSE=1
25
33
Ω
Ω
1
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (PDRV field) register.
Table 44. Tri-voltage 3.3 V GPIO output impedance DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test conditions
Typical
Units
Output impedance
Output impedance
ZO
ZO
1DSE=0
1DSE=1
25
37
Ω
Ω
1
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (PDRV field) register.
4.7.1.2
Dual-voltage GPIO output buffer impedance
Table 45. Dual-voltage 1.8 V GPIO output impedance DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test conditions
Typical
Units
Output impedance
Output impedance
ZO
ZO
1DSE=0
1DSE=1
33
50
Ω
Ω
1
‘As programmed in the associated IOMUX (PDRV field) register.
Table 46. Dual-voltage 3.3 V GPIO output impedance DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test conditions
Typical
Units
Output impedance
Output impedance
ZO
ZO
1DSE=0
1DSE=1
25
37
Ω
Ω
1
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (PDRV field) register.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
47
Electrical characteristics
4.7.1.3
Single-voltage 1.8 V GPIO output buffer drive strength
The following table shows the GPIO output buffer drive strength (OVDD 1.8 V).
Table 47. Single-voltage GPIO 1.8 V output impedance DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test conditions
Typical
Units
1DSE=000
1DSE=001
1DSE=010
1DSE=011
1DSE=100
1DSE=101
1DSE=110
1DSE=111
200
100
55
Ω
40
Output impedance
ZO
30
24
20
18
1
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (DSE field) register.
4.7.1.4
Single-voltage 3.3 V GPIO output buffer drive strength
The following table shows the GPIO output buffer drive strength (OVDD 3.3 V).
Table 48. Single-voltage GPIO 3.3 V output impedance DC parameters
Parameter
Symbol
Test conditions
Typical
Units
Output impedance
ZO
1DSE=00
1DSE=01
1DSE=10
1DSE=11
400
200
100
50
Ω
1
As programmed in the associated IOMUX (DSE field) register.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
48
Electrical characteristics
4.7.2
DDR I/O output buffer impedance
The following tables show LPDDR4 I/O output buffer impedance of the device.
The ZQ Calibration cell uses a single register (ZQnPR0) to determine the target output buffer impedances
of the pull-up driver and the pull-down driver, as well as the target on-die termination impedance. The
resulting calibration setting is then applied to all DDR pads within the PHY complex.
Table 49 shows the recommended ZQnPR0 field settings for the LPDDR4 I/Os to achieve the desired
output buffer impedances.
Table 49. LPDDR4 I/O output buffer impedance
Typical
Parameter
ZQnPR0
ZPROG_ASYM_PU_DRV
ZQnPR0
ZPROG_ASYM_PD_DRV
Impedance
Impedance
Recommended combinations
for DQ /CA pins
5
7
80 Ω
60 Ω
48 Ω
40 Ω
3
5
7
9
120 Ω
80 Ω
60 Ω
48 Ω
9
11
Table 50. LPDDR4 I/O on-die termination impedance
Typical
Parameter
ZQnPR0. ZPROG_HOST_ODT
Impedance
Recommended combinations
for DQ/CA pins
120.0 Ω
80.0 Ω
60.0 Ω
48.0 Ω
40.0 Ω
3
5
7
9
11
4.8
System Modules Timing
This section contains the timing and electrical parameters for the modules in each processor.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
49
Electrical characteristics
4.8.1
Reset Timing Parameters
The following figure shows the reset timing and Table 51 lists the timing parameters.
POR_B
(Input)
CC1
Figure 9. Reset timing diagram
Table 51. Reset timing parameters
ID
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
CC1
Duration of SRC_POR_B to be qualified as valid
1
—
XTALOSC_RTC_ XTALI cycle
4.8.2
WDOG reset timing parameters
The following figure shows the WDOG reset timing and Table 52 lists the timing parameters.
Figure 10. SCU_WDOG_OUT timing diagram
Table 52. WDOG1_B timing parameters
ID
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
CC3 Duration of SCU_WDOG_OUT assertion
1
—
XTALOSC_RTC_ XTALI cycle
NOTE
XTALOSC_RTC_XTALI is approximately 32 kHz.
XTALOSC_RTC_XTALI cycle is one period or approximately 30 μs.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
50
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
4.8.3
DDR SDRAM–specific parameters (LPDDR4)
The i.MX 8 Family of processors have been designed and tested to work with JEDEC JESD209-4A–
compliant LPDDR4 memory . Timing diagrams and tolerances required to work with these memories are
specified in the respective documents and are not reprinted here.
Meeting the necessary timing requirements for a DDR memory system is highly dependent on the
components chosen and the design layout of the system as a whole. NXP cannot cover in this document
all the requirements needed to achieve a design that meets full system performance over temperature,
voltage, and part variation; PCB trace routing, PCB dielectric material, number of routing layers used,
placement of bulk/decoupling capacitors on critical power rails, VIA placement, GND and Supply planes
layout, and DDR controller/PHY register settings all are factors affecting the performance of the memory
system. Consult the hardware user guide for this device and NXP validated design layouts for information
on how to properly design a PCB for best DDR performance. NXP strongly recommends duplicating an
NXP validated design as much as possible in the design of critical power rails, placement of
bulk/decoupling capacitors and DDR trace routing between the processor and the selected DDR memory.
All supporting material is readily available on the device web page on
https://www.nxp.com/products/processors-and-microcontrollers/applications-processors/i.mx-applicatio
ns-processors/i.mx-8-processors:IMX8-SERIES .
Processors that demonstrate full DDR performance on NXP validated designs, but do not function on
customer designs, are not considered marginal parts. A report detailing how the returned part behaved on
an NXP validated system will be provided to the customer as closure to a customer’s reported DDR issue.
Customers bear the responsibility of properly designing the Printed Circuit Board, correctly simulating and
modeling the designed DDR system, and validating the system under all expected operating conditions
(temperatures, voltages) prior to releasing their product to market.
Table 53. i.MX 8 Family DRAM controller supported SDRAM configurations
Parameter
LPDDR4
Number of Controllers
Number of Channels
Number of Chip Selects
Bus Width
2
2 per controller
2 per channel
16 bit per channel1
16 (R0-R15)
1600 MHz
Number of Address Rows
Maximum Clock Frequency
1
Only 16-bit external memory configurations are supported.
4.8.3.1
Clock/data/command/address pin allocations
These processors uses generic names for clock, data and command address bus (DCF—DRAM controller
functions); the following table provides mapping of clock, data and command address signals for LPDDR4
modes.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
51
Electrical characteristics
Table 54. Clock, data, and command address signals for LPDDR4 modes
Signal name
LPDDR4
DDR_CH[1:0].CK0_P
DDR_CH[1:0].CK0_N
DDR_CH[1:0].CK1_P
DDR_CH[1:0].CK1_N
DDR_CH[1:0].DQ_[15:0]
DDR_CH[1:0].DQ_[31:16]
DDR_CH[1:0].DQS_N_[3:0]
DDR_CH[1:0].DQS_P_[3:0]
DDR_CH[1:0].DM_[3:0]
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF00
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF01
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF02
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF03
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF04
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF05
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF06
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF07
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF08
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF09
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF10
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF11
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF12
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF13
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF14
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF15
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF16
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF17
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF18
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF19
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF20
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF21
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF22
CK_t_A
CK_c_A
CK_t_B
CK_c_B
DQ[15:0]_A
DQ[15:0]_B
DQS_N_[3:0]
DQS_P_[3:0]
DM_[3:0]
CA2_A
CA4_A
CA5_A
CA3_A
ODT_CA_A
CS0_A
CA0_A
CS1_A
CKE0_A
CKE1_A
CA1_A
CA4_B
RESET_N
CA5_B
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
52
Electrical characteristics
Table 54. Clock, data, and command address signals for LPDDR4 modes (continued)
Signal name
LPDDR4
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF23
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF24
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF25
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF26
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF27
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF28
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF29
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF30
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF31
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF32
DDR_CH[1:0].DCF33
ODT_CA_B
CA3_B
CA0_B
CS0_B
CS1_B
CKE0_B
CKE1_B
CA1_B
CA2_B
4.9
General-Purpose Media Interface (GPMI) Timing
The GPMI controller is a flexible interface NAND Flash controller with 8-bit data width, up to 400 MB/s
I/O speed, and individual chip select. It supports Asynchronous Timing mode, Source Synchronous
Timing mode, and Toggle Timing mode, as described in the following subsections.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
53
Electrical characteristics
4.9.1
GPMI Asynchronous mode AC timing (ONFI 1.0 compatible)
Asynchronous mode AC timings are provided as multiplications of the clock cycle and fixed delay. The
Maximum I/O speed of GPMI in Asynchronous mode is about 50 MB/s. Figure 11 through Figure 14
depict the relative timing between GPMI signals at the module level for different operations under
Asynchronous mode. Table 55 describes the timing parameters (NF1–NF17) that are shown in the figures.
NF2
NF1
.!.$?#,%
NF3
NF4
.!.$?#%ꢀ?"
.!.$?7%?"
NF5
.!.$?!,%
NF6
NF8
Command
NF7
NF9
.!.$?$!4!XX
Figure 11. Command Latch Cycle Timing Diagram
NF1
.!.$?#,%
NF3
.!.$?#%ꢀ?"
.!.$?7%?"
NF10
NF5
NF11
NF7
.!.$?!,%
NF6
NF8
Address
NF9
NAND_DATAxx
Figure 12. Address Latch Cycle Timing Diagram
NF1
.!.$?#,%
.!.$?#%ꢀ?"
.!.$?7%?"
NF3
NF10
NF5
NF11
NF7
NF6
.!.$?!,%
NF8
Data to NF
NF9
.!.$?$!4!XX
Figure 13. Write Data Latch Cycle Timing Diagram
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
54
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
.!.$?#,%
.!.$?#%ꢀ?"
.!.$?2%?"
NF14
NF13
NF15
.!.$?2%!$9?"
NF12
NF16
NF17
Data from NF
.!.$?$!4!XX
Figure 14. Read Data Latch Cycle Timing Diagram (Non-EDO Mode)
.!.$?#,%
.!.$?#%ꢀ?"
NF14
NF13
NF15
.!.$?2%?"
.!.$?2%!$9?"
NF12
NF17
NF16
NAND_DATAxx
Data from NF
Figure 15. Read Data Latch Cycle Timing Diagram (EDO Mode)
1
Table 55. Asynchronous Mode Timing Parameters
Timing
T = GPMI Clock Cycle
ID
Parameter
Symbol
Unit
Min
(AS + DS) × T - 0.12 [see 2,3
Max
NF1
NF2
NF3
NF4
NF5
NF6
NF7
NF8
NF9
NAND_CLE setup time
NAND_CLE hold time
NAND_CEx_B setup time
NAND_CEx_B hold time
NAND_WE_B pulse width
NAND_ALE setup time
NAND_ALE hold time
Data setup time
tCLS
tCLH
tCS
]
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
DH × T - 0.72 [see 2]
(AS + DS + 1) × T [see 3,2
(DH+1) × T - 1 [see 2]
DS × T [see 2]
]
tCH
tWP
tALS
tALH
tDS
(AS + DS) × T - 0.49 [see 3,2
(DH × T - 0.42 [see 2]
DS × T - 0.26 [see 2]
DH × T - 1.37 [see 2]
(DS + DH) × T [see 2]
DH × T [see 2]
]
Data hold time
tDH
NF10 Write cycle time
tWC
tWH
tRR4
tRP
NF11 NAND_WE_B hold time
NF12 Ready to NAND_RE_B low
NF13 NAND_RE_B pulse width
NF14 READ cycle time
(AS + 2) × T [see 3,2
]
—
DS × T [see 2]
(DS + DH) × T [see 2]
DH × T [see 2]
tRC
NF15 NAND_RE_B high hold time
tREH
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
55
Electrical characteristics
1
Table 55. Asynchronous Mode Timing Parameters (continued)
Timing
T = GPMI Clock Cycle
ID
Parameter
Symbol
Unit
Min
Max
NF16 Data setup on read
NF17 Data hold on read
tDSR
tDHR
—
(DS × T -0.67)/18.38 [see 5,6
]
ns
ns
0.82/11.83 [see 5,6
]
—
1
The GPMI asynchronous mode output timing can be controlled by the module’s internal registers
HW_GPMI_TIMING0_ADDRESS_SETUP, HW_GPMI_TIMING0_DATA_SETUP, and HW_GPMI_TIMING0_DATA_HOLD.
This AC timing depends on these registers settings. In the table, AS/DS/DH represents each of these settings.
2
3
4
5
6
AS minimum value can be 0, while DS/DH minimum value is 1.
T = GPMI clock period -0.075ns (half of maximum p-p jitter).
NF12 is met automatically by the design.
Non-EDO mode.
EDO mode, GPMI clock ≈ 100 MHz
(AS=DS=DH=1, GPMI_CTL1 [RDN_DELAY] = 8, GPMI_CTL1 [HALF_PERIOD] = 0).
In EDO mode (Figure 15), NF16/NF17 are different from the definition in non-EDO mode (Figure 14).
They are called tREA/tRHOH (NAND_RE_B access time/NAND_RE_B HIGH to output hold). The
typical value for them are 16 ns (max for tREA)/15 ns (min for tRHOH) at 50 MB/s EDO mode. In EDO
mode, GPMI will sample NAND_DATAxx at rising edge of delayed NAND_RE_B provided by an
internal DPLL. The delay value can be controlled by GPMI_CTRL1.RDN_DELAY(see the GPMI chapter
of the device reference manual. The typical value of this control register is 0x8 at 50 MT/s EDO mode.
However, if the board delay is large enough and cannot be ignored, the delay value should be made larger
to compensate the board delay.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
56
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
4.9.2
GPMI Source Synchronous mode AC timing (ONFI 2.x compatible)
The following figure shows the write and read timing of Source Synchronous mode.
NF19
NF18
.!.$?#%?"
NF23
NAND_CLE
NF26
NF25
NF24
NAND_ALE
NF25 NF26
NAND_WE/RE_B
NF22
NAND_CLK
NAND_DQS
NAND_DQS
Output enable
NF20
NF20
NF21
NF21
CMD
ADD
NAND_DATA[7:0]
NAND_DATA[7:0]
Output enable
Figure 16. Source Synchronous Mode Command and Address Timing Diagram
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
57
Electrical characteristics
NF19
NF18
.!.$?#%ꢀ?"
.!.$?#,%
NF23
NF23
NF24
NF24
NF25
NF25
NF26
NF26
.!.$?!,%
NAND_WE/RE_B
NF22
.!.$?#,+
.!.$?$13
NF27
NF27
.!.$?$13
Output enable
NF29
NF29
.!.$?$1;ꢁꢂꢀ=
NF28
NF28
.!.$?$1;ꢁꢂꢀ=
Output enable
Figure 17. Source Synchronous Mode Data Write Timing Diagram
NF18
NF19
.!.$?#%?"
.!.$?#,%
NF24
NF24
NF23
NF23
NF26
NF26
NF25
NF25
NAND_ALE
NF25
.!.$?7%ꢃ2%
NF25
NF22
NF26
.!.$?#,+
.!.$?$13
.!.$?$13
/UTPUT ENABLE
.!.$?$!4!;ꢁꢂꢀ=
.!.$?$!4!;ꢁꢂꢀ=
/UTPUT ENABLE
Figure 18. Source Synchronous Mode Data Read Timing Diagram
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
58
Electrical characteristics
.!.$?$13
NF30
.!.$?$!4!;ꢁꢂꢀ=
D0
D1
D2
D3
NF30
NF31
NF31
Figure 19. NAND_DQS/NAND_DQ Read Valid Window
1
Table 56. Source Synchronous Mode Timing Parameters
Timing
T = GPMI Clock Cycle
ID
Parameter
Symbol
Unit
Min
Max
2
NF18 NAND_CEx_B access time
NF19 NAND_CEx_B hold time
tCE
tCH
CE_DELAY × T - 0.79 [see ]
0.5 × tCK - 0.63 [see 2]
0.5 × tCK - 0.05
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
—
—
NF20 Command/address NAND_DATAxx setup time
NF21 Command/address NAND_DATAxx hold time
NF22 clock period
tCAS
tCAH
tCK
0.5 × tCK - 1.23
—
NF23 preamble delay
tPRE
tPOST
tCALS
tCALH
tDQSS
tDS
PRE_DELAY × T - 0.29 [see 2]
POST_DELAY × T - 0.78 [see 2]
0.5 × tCK - 0.86
NF24 postamble delay
NF25 NAND_CLE and NAND_ALE setup time
NF26 NAND_CLE and NAND_ALE hold time
NF27 NAND_CLK to first NAND_DQS latching transition
NF28 Data write setup
0.5 × tCK - 0.37
T - 0.41 [see 2]
0.25 × tCK - 0.35
NF29 Data write hold
tDH
0.25 × tCK - 0.85
NF30 NAND_DQS/NAND_DQ read setup skew
NF31 NAND_DQS/NAND_DQ read hold skew
tDQSQ
tQHS
—
—
2.06
1.95
1
The GPMI source synchronous mode output timing can be controlled by the module’s internal registers
GPMI_TIMING2_CE_DELAY, GPMI_TIMING_PREAMBLE_DELAY, GPMI_TIMING2_POST_DELAY. This AC timing
depends on these registers settings. In the table, CE_DELAY/PRE_DELAY/POST_DELAY represents each of these settings.
2
T = tCK (GPMI clock period) -0.075ns (half of maximum p-p jitter).
Figure 19 shows the timing diagram of NAND_DQS/NAND_DATAxx read valid window. For Source
Synchronous mode, the typical value of tDQSQ is 0.85 ns (max) and 1 ns (max) for tQHS at 200 MB/s.
GPMI will sample NAND_DATA[7:0] at both rising and falling edge of a delayed NAND_DQS signal,
which can be provided by an internal DPLL. The delay value can be controlled by GPMI register
GPMI_READ_DDR_DLL_CTRL.SLV_DLY_TARGET (see the GPMI chapter of the device reference
manual. Generally, the typical delay value of this register is equal to 0x7 which means 1/4 clock cycle
delay expected. However, if the board delay is large enough and cannot be ignored, the delay value should
be made larger to compensate the board delay.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
59
Electrical characteristics
4.9.3
ONFI NV-DDR2 mode (ONFI 3.2 compatible)
4.9.3.1
Command and address timing
ONFI 3.2 mode command and address timing is the same as ONFI 1.0 compatible Async mode AC timing.
See Section 4.9.1, “GPMI Asynchronous mode AC timing (ONFI 1.0 compatible)",” for details.
4.9.3.2
Read and write timing
ONFI 3.2 mode read and write timing is the same as Toggle mode AC timing. See Section 4.9.4, “Toggle
mode AC Timing",” for details.
4.9.4
Toggle mode AC Timing
4.9.4.1
Command and address timing
NOTE
Toggle mode command and address timing is the same as ONFI 1.0
compatible Asynchronous mode AC timing. See Section 4.9.1, “GPMI
Asynchronous mode AC timing (ONFI 1.0 compatible)",” for details.
4.9.4.2
Read and write timing
Figure 20. Toggle mode data write timing
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
60
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
DEV?CLK
.!.$?#%X?"
.& ꢄꢅ
.!.$?#,%
.!.$?!,%
ꢄ T #+
ꢄ
.&ꢆꢈ
.!.$?7%?"
.!.$?2%?"
ꢄ T #+
.& ꢆꢇ
ꢄ T #+
ꢄ T #+
ꢄ T #+
.!.$?$13
.!.$?$!4!;ꢁꢂꢀ=
Figure 21. Toggle mode data read timing
1
Table 57. Toggle mode timing parameters
Timing
T = GPMI Clock Cycle
ID
Parameter
Symbol
Unit
Min.
Max.
NF1 NAND_CLE setup time
NF2 NAND_CLE hold time
tCLS
tCLH
tCS
(AS + DS) × T - 0.12 [see note2s,3]
DH × T - 0.72 [see note2]
(AS + DS) × T - 0.58 [see notes,2]
DH × T - 1 [see note2]
NF3 NAND_CE0_B setup time
NF4 NAND_CE0_B hold time
NF5 NAND_WE_B pulse width
NF6 NAND_ALE setup time
NF7 NAND_ALE hold time
tCH
tWP
tALS
tALH
tCAS
tCAH
tCE
DS × T [see note2]
(AS + DS) × T - 0.49 [see notes,2]
DH × T - 0.42 [see note2]
DS × T - 0.26 [see note2]
DH × T - 1.37 [see note2]
NF8 Command/address NAND_DATAxx setup time
NF9 Command/address NAND_DATAxx hold time
NF18 NAND_CEx_B access time
NF22 clock period
CE_DELAY × T [see notes4,2
]
—
ns
ns
ns
ns
tCK
—
—
—
—
NF23 preamble delay
tPRE PRE_DELAY × T [see notes5,2
]
NF24 postamble delay
tPOST
POST_DELAY × T +0.43 [see
note2]
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
61
Electrical characteristics
1
Table 57. Toggle mode timing parameters (continued)
Timing
T = GPMI Clock Cycle
ID
Parameter
Symbol
Unit
Min.
Max.
NF28 Data write setup
NF29 Data write hold
tDS6
tDH6
0.25 × tCK - 0.32
—
—
ns
ns
0.25 × tCK - 0.79
NF30 NAND_DQS/NAND_DQ read setup skew
NF31 NAND_DQS/NAND_DQ read hold skew
tDQSQ7
tQHS7
—
—
3.18
3.27
1
The GPMI toggle mode output timing can be controlled by the module’s internal registers
HW_GPMI_TIMING0_ADDRESS_SETUP, HW_GPMI_TIMING0_DATA_SETUP, and HW_GPMI_TIMING0_DATA_HOLD.
This AC timing depends on these registers settings. In the table, AS/DS/DH represents each of these settings.
2
3
4
AS minimum value can be 0, while DS/DH minimum value is 1.
T = tCK (GPMI clock period) -0.075 ns (half of maximum p-p jitter).
CE_DELAY represents HW_GPMI_TIMING2[CE_DELAY]. NF18 is guaranteed by the design. Read/Write operation is started
with enough time of ALE/CLE assertion to low level.
5
6
7
PRE_DELAY+1) ≥ (AS+DS)
Shown in Figure 20.
Shown in Figure 21.
For DDR Toggle mode, Figure 21 shows the timing diagram of NAND_DQS/NAND_DATAxx read valid
window. The typical value of tDQSQ is 1.4 ns (max) and 1.4 ns (max) for tQHS at 133 MB/s. GPMI will
sample NAND_DATA[7:0] at both rising and falling edge of an delayed NAND_DQS signal, which is
provided by an internal DPLL. The delay value of this register can be controlled by GPMI register
GPMI_READ_DDR_DLL_CTRL.SLV_DLY_TARGET (see the GPMI chapter of the device reference
manual. Generally, the typical delay value is equal to 0x7 which means 1/4 clock cycle delay expected.
But if the board delay is big enough and cannot be ignored, the delay value should be made larger to
compensate the board delay.
4.10 External Peripheral Interface Parameters
The following subsections provide information on external peripheral interfaces.
4.10.1 LPSPI timing parameters
All LPSPI interfaces do not have the same maximum serial clock frequency. There are two groups. LPSPI
interfaces which can operate at 60 MHz in Master mode and 40 MHz in Slave mode and the other group
where interfaces operate at 40 MHz in Master mode and 20 MHz in Slave mode. The same performance
is achieved at 1.8 V and 3.3 V unless otherwise stated.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
62
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
Below are the LPSPI interfaces and their respective chip selects:
Table 58. LPSPI interfaces and chip selects
LPSPI interface
Chip select
Comment
60 MHz in Master mode and 40 MHz in SPI0, SPI1, SPI2, SPI3 (primary mode) SPI1 is muxed behind ADC pins so it
Slave mode
operates at 1.8 V only.
—
40 MHz in Master mode and 20 MHz in SPI3b (behind UART1)
Slave mode
4.10.1.1 LPSPI Master mode
Waveform is assuming LPSPI is configured in mode 0, i.e. TCR.CPOL=0b0 and TCR.CPHA=0b0. Timing
parameters are valid for all modes using appropriate edge of the clock.
Figure 22. LPSPI Master mode
Table 59. LPSPI timings—Master mode at 60 MHz
ID
Parameter
SPIx_SCLK Cycle frequency
Min
Max
Unit
—
—
60
—
MHz
ns
t1 SPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Read
SPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Write
7.5
t2 SPIx_CSy pulse width
t3 SPIx_CSy Lead Time(1)
7.5
—
—
ns
ns
FCLK_PERIOD(2) x (PCSSCK
+ 1) / 2PRESCALE - 3
t4 SPIx_CSy Lag Time(3)
FCLK_PERIOD(2) x (SCKPCS
+ 1) / 2PRESCALE + 3
—
ns
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
63
Electrical characteristics
Table 59. LPSPI timings—Master mode at 60 MHz (continued)
ID
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
t5 SPIx_SDO output Delay (CLOAD = 20 pF)
t6 SPIx_SDI Setup Time
—
2
3
ns
ns
ns
—
—
t7 SPIx_SDI Hold Time
2
1
2
3
This timing is controllable through CCR.PCSSCK and TCR.PRESCALE registers.
FCLK_PERIOD is the period of the functional clock provided to LPSPI module. Maximum allowed frequency is 240 MHz.
This timing is controllable through CCR.SCKPCS and TCR.PRESCALE registers.
Table 60. LPSPI timings—Master mode at 40 MHz
ID
Parameter
SPIx_SCLK Cycle frequency
Min
Max
Unit
—
—
11
40
—
MHz
ns
t1 SPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Read
SPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Write
t2 SPIx_CSy pulse width
t3 SPIx_CSy Lead Time(1)
11
—
—
ns
ns
FCLK_PERIOD(2) x (PCSSCK
+ 1) / 2PRESCALE + 3
t4 SPIx_CSy Lag Time(3)
FCLK_PERIOD(2) x (SCKPCS
+ 1) / 2PRESCALE + 3
—
ns
t5 SPIx_SDO output Delay (CLOAD = 20 pF)
t6 SPIx_SDI Setup Time
—
5
5
ns
ns
ns
—
—
t7 SPIx_SDI Hold Time
4
1
2
3
This timing is controllable through CCR.PCSSCK and TCR.PRESCALE registers.
FCLK_PERIOD is the period of the functional clock provided to LPSPI module. Maximum allowed frequency is 240 MHz.
This timing is controllable through CCR.SCKPCS and TCR.PRESCALE registers.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
64
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
Figure 23. LPSPI Slave mode
Table 61. LPSPI timings—Slave mode at 40 MHz
Parameter
ID
Min
Max
Unit
—
t1
SPIx_SCLK Cycle frequency
—
11
40
—
MHz
ns
SPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Read
SPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Write
t2
t3
t4
t5
t6
t7
SPIx_CSy pulse width
11
4
—
—
—
5
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
SPIx_CSy Lead Time (CS setup time)
SPIx_CSy Lag Time (CS hold time)
SPIx_SDO output Delay (CLOAD = 20 pF)
SPIx_SDI Setup Time
2
—
2
—
—
SPIx_SDI Hold Time
2
Table 62. LPSPI timings—Slave mode at 20 MHz
Parameter
ID
Min
Max
Unit
—
t1
SPIx_SCLK Cycle frequency
—
20
—
MHz
ns
SPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Read
SPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Write
22
t2
t3
SPIx_CSy pulse width
22
4
—
—
ns
ns
SPIx_CSy Lead Time (CS setup time)
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
65
Electrical characteristics
Table 62. LPSPI timings—Slave mode at 20 MHz (continued)
ID
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
t4
t5
t6
t7
SPIx_CSy Lag Time (CS hold time)
SPIx_SDO output Delay (CLOAD = 20 pF)
2
—
2
—
18
—
—
ns
ns
ns
ns
SPIx_SDI Setup Time
SPIx_SDI Hold Time
2
4.10.2 Serial audio interface (SAI) timing parameters
The timings and figures in this section are valid for noninverted clock polarity (I2S_TCR2.BCP = 0b0,
I2S_RCR2.BCP = 0b0) and non-inverted frame sync polarity (I2S_TCR4.FSP = 0b0, I2S_RCR4.FSP =
0b0). If the polarity of the clock and/or the frame sync have been inverted, all the timings remain valid by
inverting the clock signal (SAI_TXC / SAI_RXC) and/or the frame sync (SAI_TXFS / SAI_RXFS) shown
in the figures below.
The same performance is achieved at both 1.8 V and 3.3 V unless otherwise stated.
NOTE
SAI0 and SAI1 are transmit/receive capable. SAI2 and SAI3 are receive
only.
4.10.2.1 SAI Master Synchronous mode
In this mode, transmitter clock and frame sync are used by both transmitter and receiver
(I2S_TCR2.SYNC=0b00, I2S_RCR2.SYNC=0b01). In that case, SAI interface requires only 4 signals to
be routed: SAI_TXC, SAI_TXFS, SAI_TXD and SAI_RXD. SAI_RXC and SAI_RXFS can be left
unconnected. I2S_RCR2.BCI shall be set to 0b1 to get setup and hold times provided in Table 63.
Figure 24. SAI Master Synchronous mode
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
66
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
Table 63. SAI timings—Master Synchronous mode
ID
Parameters
Min
Max
Unit
—
SAI TXC clock frequency
—
45%
—
49.152
MHz
t1 SAI TXC pulse width low / high
t2 SAI TXFS output valid
t3 SAI TXD output valid
t4 SAI RXD input setup
t5 SAI RXD input hold
55%
2
SAI_TXC period
ns
ns
ns
ns
—
2
1
—
—
4
4.10.2.2 SAI Master mode
In this mode, transmitter and/or receiver part are set to bring out transmit and/or receive clock. Frame sync
can be either input or output.
Figure 25. SAI Master mode
Table 64. SAI timings—Master mode
ID
Parameters
SAI TXC / RXC clock frequency1
Min
Max
Unit
—
—
45%
—
49.152
55%
2
MHz
TXC/RXC period
ns
t1 SAI TXC / RXC pulse width low / high
t2 SAI TXFS / RXFS output valid
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
67
Electrical characteristics
Table 64. SAI timings—Master mode (continued)
ID
Parameters
Min
Max
Unit
t3 SAI TXD output valid
—
6
2
ns
ns
ns
t4 SAI RXD/RXFS/TXFS input setup
t5 SAI RXD/RXFS/TXFS input hold
—
—
0
1
Given the high setup time requirement on inputs, receiver and transmitter, when using frame sync in input, are likely to run at
a lower frequency. This frequency will be driven by characteristics of the external component connected to the interface.
4.10.2.3 SAI Slave mode
In this mode, transmitter and/or receiver parts are set to receive transmit and/or receive clock from external
world. Frame sync can be either input or output.
Figure 26. SAI Slave mode
Table 65. SAI timings—Slave mode
ID
Parameters
SAI TXC/RXC clock frequency
Min
Max
Unit
—
—
45%
—
24.576
55%
13
MHz
t11 SAI TXC/RXC pulse width low/high
t12 SAI TXFS/RXFS output valid
t13 SAI TXD output valid
TXC/RXC period
ns
ns
ns
ns
—
13
t14 SAI RXD/RXFS/TXFS input setup
t15 SAI RXD/RXFS/TXFS input hold
1
—
4
—
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
68
Electrical characteristics
4.10.3 Enhanced serial audio interface (ESAI)
The same performance is achieved at both 1.8 V and 3.3 V unless otherwise stated.
SCKT
t1
t1
(Input / Output)
FST (bit) out
2t
2t
2t
FST (word) out
Data Out
2t
Last bit
First bit
t3
t3
4t
t4
FST (bit) in
FST (word) in
Flags Out
t5
t6
t5
t6
t7
Figure 27. ESAI Transmit timing
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
69
Electrical characteristics
Figure 28. ESAI Receive timing
The following table shows the interface timing values. The ID field in the table refers to timing signals
found in Figure 27 and Figure 28.
Table 66. Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Timing
ID
Parameters
Min
Max
Condition1
Unit
—
t1
t2
Clock frequency
SCKT / SCKT pulse width high / low
FST output delay
—
45%
—
24.576
55%
—
—
MHz
SCKT / SCKR period
ns
10
2
x ck
i ck
t3
t4
t5
t6
t7
TX data - high impedance / valid data
TX data output delay
—
—
—
—
9
1
x ck
i ck
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
10
2
x ck
i ck
FST - setup requirement
FST - hold requirement
Flag output delay
2
10
x ck
i ck
2
0
x ck
i ck
10
2
x ck
i ck
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
70
Electrical characteristics
Table 66. Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Timing (continued)
ID
Parameters
Min
Max
Condition1
Unit
t8
FSR output delay
7
4
x ck
i ck a
ns
t9
RX data pins - setup requirement
RX data pins - hold requirement
FSR - setup requirement
2
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
x ck
i ck
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
t10
t11
t12
t13
t14
2
0
x ck
i ck
2
10
x ck
i ck a
FSR - hold requirement
2
0
x ck
i ck a
Flags - setup requirement
Flags - hold requirement
2
10
x ck
i ck s
2
0
x ck
i ck s
—
—
—
RX_HF_CLK / TX_HX_CLK clock cycle
TX_HF_CLK input to SCKT
20
—
10
10
—
—
—
ns
ns
ns
RX_HF_CLK input to SCKR
1
i ck = internal clock
x ck = external clock
i ck a = internal clock, asynchronous mode (SCKT and SCKR are two different clocks)
i ck s = internal clock, synchronous mode (SCKT and SCKR are the same clock)
4.10.4 Ultra High Speed SD/SDIO/MMC Host Interface (uSDHC) AC
Timing
This section describes the electrical information of the uSDHC, including:
•
•
•
•
•
SD3.1/eMMC5.1 High-Speed mode AC Timing
eMMC5.1 DDR 52 mode/SD3.1 DDR 50 mode timing
HS400 AC timing—eMMC 5.1 only
HS200 Mode Timing
SDR50/SDR104 AC Timing
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
71
Electrical characteristics
4.10.4.1 SD3.1/eMMC5.1 High-Speed mode AC Timing
The following figure depicts the timing of SD3.1/eMMC5.1 High-Speed mode, and Table 67 lists the
timing characteristics.
SD4
SD2
SD1
SD5
SDx_CLK
SD3
SD6
Output from uSDHC to card
SDx_DATA[7:0]
SD7
SD8
Input from card to uSDHC
SDx_DATA[7:0]
Figure 29. SD3.1/eMMC5.1 High-Speed mode Timing
Table 67. SD3.1/eMMC5.1 High-Speed mode interface timing specification
ID
Parameter
Symbols
Min
Max
Unit
Card Input Clock
1
SD1
Clock Frequency (Low Speed)
fPP
0
0
400
25/50
20/52
400
—
kHz
MHz
MHz
kHz
ns
2
Clock Frequency (SD/SDIO Full Speed/High Speed)
Clock Frequency (MMC Full Speed/High Speed)
Clock Frequency (Identification Mode)
Clock Low Time
fPP
3
fPP
0
fOD
tWL
100
7
SD2
SD3
SD4
SD5
Clock High Time
tWH
tTLH
tTHL
7
—
ns
Clock Rise Time
—
—
3
ns
Clock Fall Time
3
ns
eSDHC Output/Card Inputs SD_CMD, SD_DATA (Reference to SD_CLK)
eSDHC Output Delay tOD –6.6
eSDHC Input/Card Outputs SD_CMD, SD_DATA (Reference to SD_CLK)
SD6
3.6
ns
SD7
SD8
eSDHC Input Setup Time
eSDHC Input Hold Time4
tISU
tIH
2.5
1.5
—
—
ns
ns
1
2
In low speed mode, card clock must be lower than 400 kHz, voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V.
In normal (full) speed mode for SD/SDIO card, clock frequency can be any value between 0–25 MHz. In high-speed mode,
clock frequency can be any value between 0–50 MHz.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
72
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
3
4
In normal (full) speed mode for MMC card, clock frequency can be any value between 0–20 MHz. In high-speed mode, clock
frequency can be any value between 0–52 MHz.
To satisfy hold timing, the delay difference between clock input and cmd/data input must not exceed 2 ns.
4.10.4.2 eMMC5.1 DDR 52 mode/SD3.1 DDR 50 mode timing
The following figure depicts the timing of eMMC5.1 DDR 52 mode/SD3.1 DDR 50 mode, and Table 68
lists the timing characteristics. Be aware that only SDx_DATA is sampled on both edges of the clock (not
applicable to SD_CMD).
SD1
SDx_CLK
SD2
SD2
Output from eSDHCv3 to card
SDx_DATA[7:0]
......
......
SD3
SD4
Input from card to eSDHCv3
SDx_DATA[7:0]
Figure 30. eMMC 5.1 timing
Figure 31. eMMC5.1 DDR 52 mode/SD3.1 DDR 50 mode interface timing
Table 68. eMMC5.1 DDR 52 mode/SD3.150 mode interface timing specification
ID
Parameter
Symbols
Card Input Clock1
Min
Max
Unit
SD1
SD1
Clock Frequency (eMMC5.1 DDR)
Clock Frequency (SD3.1 DDR)
fPP
fPP
0
0
52
50
MHz
MHz
uSDHC Output / Card Inputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx (Reference to CLK)
uSDHC Output Delay tOD 2.8
uSDHC Input / Card Outputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx (Reference to CLK)
SD2
6.8
ns
SD3
SD4
uSDHC Input Setup Time
uSDHC Input Hold Time
tISU
tIH
1.7
1.5
—
—
ns
ns
1
Clock duty cycle will be in the range of 47% to 53%.
4.10.4.3 HS400 AC timing—eMMC 5.1 only
Figure 32 depicts the timing of HS400. Table 69 lists the HS400 timing characteristics. Be aware that only
data is sampled on both edges of the clock (not applicable to CMD). The CMD input/output timing for
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
73
Electrical characteristics
HS400 mode is the same as CMD input/output timing for SDR104 mode. Check SD5, SD6 and SD7
parameters in Table 71 SDR50/SDR104 Interface Timing Specification for CMD input/output timing for
HS400 mode.
Figure 32. HS400 timing
Table 69. HS400 interface timing specifications
ID
Parameter
Symbols
Min
Max
Unit
Card Input clock
SD1
Clock Frequency
fPP
tCL
0
200
Mhz
ns
SD2
SD3
Clock Low Time
Clock High Time
0.46 × tCLK
0.46 × tCLK
0.54 × tCLK
0.54 × tCLK
tCH
ns
uSDHC Output/Card inputs DAT (Reference to SCK)
SD4
SD5
Output Skew from Data of
Edge of SCK
tOSkew1
0.45
0.45
—
—
ns
ns
Output Skew from Edge of
SCK to Data
tOSkew2
uSDHC input/Card Outputs DAT (Reference to Strobe)
SD6
SD7
uSDHC input skew
uSDHC hold skew
tRQ
—
—
0.45
0.45
ns
ns
tRQH
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
74
Electrical characteristics
4.10.4.4 HS200 Mode Timing
The following figure depicts the timing of HS200 mode, and Table 70 lists the HS200 timing
characteristics.
SD1
SD2
SD3
SD7
SCK
SD4/SD5
8-bit output from uSDHC to eMMC
8-bit input from eMMC to uSDHC
SD6
SD8
Figure 33. HS200 Mode Timing
Table 70. HS200 Interface Timing Specification
ID
Parameter
Symbols
Min
Max
Unit
Card Input Clock
SD1
SD2
SD2
Clock Frequency Period
Clock Low Time
tCLK
tCL
5.0
—
ns
ns
ns
0.46 × tCLK
0.46 × tCLK
0.54 × tCLK
0.54 × tCLK
Clock High Time
tCH
uSDHC Output/Card Inputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx in HS200 (Reference to CLK)
uSDHC Output Delay tOD –1.6
uSDHC Input/Card Outputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx in HS200 (Reference to CLK)1
Card Output Data Window tODW 0.5*tCLK
1
ns
ns
SD5
—
SD8
1HS200 is for 8 bits while SDR104 is for 4 bits.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
75
Electrical characteristics
4.10.4.5 SDR50/SDR104 AC Timing
The following figure depicts the timing of SDR50/SDR104, and Table 71 lists the SDR50/SDR104 timing
characteristics.
SD1
SD2
SD3
SCK
SD5
SD4
Output from uSDHC to card
SD7
SD6
Input from card to uSDHC
SD8
Figure 34. SDR50/SDR104 timing
Table 71. SDR50/SDR104 Interface Timing Specification
ID
Parameter
Symbols
Min
Max
Unit
Card Input Clock
SD1 Clock Frequency Period
SD2 Clock Low Time
tCLK
tCL
4.8
—
ns
ns
ns
0.46 × tCLK
0.46 × tCLK
0.54 × tCLK
0.54 × tCLK
SD3 Clock High Time
tCH
uSDHC Output/Card Inputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx in SDR50 (Reference to SDx_CLK)
SD4 uSDHC Output Delay tOD –3
uSDHC Output/Card Inputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx in SDR104 (Reference to SDx_CLK)
uSDHC Output Delay tOD –1.6
uSDHC Input/Card Outputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx in SDR50 (Reference to SDx_CLK)
1
ns
ns
1
SD5
uSDHC Input Setup Time
uSDHC Input Hold Time
tISU
tIH
2.5
1.5
—
—
ns
ns
SD6
SD7
uSDHC Input/Card Outputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx in SDR104 (Reference to SDx_CLK)1
Card Output Data Window tODW 0.5 × tCLK
—
ns
SD8
1
Data window in SDR100 mode is variable.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
76
Electrical characteristics
4.10.4.6 Bus Operation Condition for 3.3 V and 1.8 V Signaling
Signaling level of SD/eMMC 5.1 and eMMC 5.1 modes is 3.3 V. Signaling level of SDR104/SDR50 mode
is 1.8 V. The DC parameters for the NVCC_SD1, NVCC_SD2, and NVCC_SD3 supplies are identical to
those shown in “,” and Table 33, "Dual-voltage 1.8 V GPIO DC parameters," on page 39Table 34,
"Dual-voltage 3.3 V GPIO DC parameters," on page 39.
4.10.5 Ethernet Controller (ENET) AC Electrical Specifications
ENET interface supporting RGMII protocol in delay and non-delay mode. RGMII is used to support up to
1000 Mbps Ethernet as well as RMII protocol. RMII is used to support up to 100 Mbps Ethernet.
NOTE
ENET1 supports RGMII at 1.8 V and 2.5 V, and RMII at 3.3 V. ENET0
supports RGMII at 1.8 V only and RMII at 3.3 V.
Table 72. RGMII/RMII pin mapping
Pin name1
RGMII
RGMII_TXC
RMII
Comment2
ENETx_RGMII_TXC
RCLK50M
RCLK50M can be an input or
an output. It's using different
Alternate pin muxing modes.
Refer to pin muxing for details.
ENETx_RGMII_TX_CTL
ENETx_RGMII_TXD0
ENETx_RGMII_TXD1
ENETx_RGMII_TXD2
ENETx_RGMII_TXD3
ENETx_RGMII_RXC
ENETx_RGMII_RX_CTL
ENETx_RGMII_RXD0
ENETx_RGMII_RXD1
ENETx_RGMII_RXD2
RGMII_TX_CTL
RGMII_TXD0
RGMII_TXD1
RGMII_TXD2
RGMII_TXD3
RGMII_RXC
RMII_TXEN
RMII_TXD0
RMII_TXD1
N/A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N/A
N/A
RGMII_RX_CTL
RGMII_RXD0
RGMII_RXD1
RGMII_RXD2
RMII_CRS_DV
RMII_RXD0
RMII_RXD1
RMII_RXER
RMII_RXER is mapped on
ALT1 mode of pin muxing.
ENETx_RGMII_RXD3
RGMII_RXD3
N/A
N/A
—
ENETx_REFCLK_125M_25M RGMII_REF_CLK
RGMII_REF_CLK is optional
for RGMII operation and
dependent on the intended
clock configuration.
ENETx_MDIO
ENETx_MDC
RGMII_MDIO
RGMII_MDC
RMII_MDIO
RMII_MDC
—
—
1
x can be 0 or 1.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
77
Electrical characteristics
2
Except for RCLK50M and RMII_RXER, all other RMII functions are using the same pin muxing mode as RGMII.
4.10.5.1 RGMII
4.10.5.1.1 No-Internal-Delay mode
This mode corresponds to the RGMIIv1.3 specification.
Figure 35. RGMII timing diagram—No-Internal-Delay mode
Table 73. RGMII timings—No-Internal-Delay mode
ID
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
TXC / RXC frequency
Clock cycle
—
7.2
-500
1
125
8
—
8.8
500
2.6
MHz
ns
t1
t2
t3
Data to clock output skew
—
—
ps
Data to clock input skew1(1)
ns
1
This implies that PC board design requires clocks to be routed such that an additional trace delay of greater than 1.5 ns and
less than 2.0 ns is added to the associated clock signal.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
78
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
4.10.5.1.2 Internal-delay mode
This mode corresponds to RGMIIv2.0 specification. The interface is still operating at 2.5 V. 1.5 V is not
supported.
Figure 36. RGMII timing diagram—Internal-Delay mode
Table 74. RGMII timing—Internal-Delay mode
ID
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
TXC / RXC frequency
Clock cycle
—
7.2
1.2
1.2
0
125
8
—
8.8
—
—
—
—
MHz
ns
t1
t2
t3
t4
t5
TXD setup time
TXD hold time
RXD setup time
RXD hold time
—
—
—
—
ns
ns
ns
2.5
ns
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
79
Electrical characteristics
4.10.5.2 RMII
RMII interface is matching RMII v1.2 specification. In RMII mode, the reference clock can be generated
internally and provided to the PHYthrough RCLK50M_OUT. Or, it come from and external 50MHz clock
generator which is connected to the PHY and to i.MX8 through RCLK50M_IN pin.
Figure 37. RMII timing diagram
Timings in table below are covering both cases: reference clock generated internally or externally.
Table 75. RMII timing
ID
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
t1
Reference clock
—
—
35
2
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
65
12
—
—
MHz
ppm
%
Reference clock accuracy
Reference clock duty-cycle
t2
t3
t4
RMII_TXEN, RMII_TXD output delay
RMII_CRS_DV, RMII_RXD setup time
RMII_CRS_DV, RMII_RXD hold time
ns
4
ns
2
ns
4.10.5.3 MDIO
MDIO is the control link used to configure Ethernet PHY connected to i.MX8 device.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
80
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
Figure 38. MDIO timing diagram
Table 76. MDIO timing
ID
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
MDC frequency
—
180
0
2.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
—
—
MHz
%
t1
t2
t3
t4
MDC high / low pulse width
MDIO output delay
MDIO setup time
ns
10
10
ns
MDIO hold time
ns
4.10.6 CAN network AC Electrical Specifications
The Flexible Controller Area Network (FlexCAN) module is a communication controller implementing
the CAN protocol according to the CAN with Flexible Data rate (CAN FD) protocol and the CAN 2.0B
protocol specification. The processor has three CAN modules available for systems design. Tx and Rx
ports for both modules are multiplexed with other I/O pins. See the IOMUXC chapter of the device
reference manual to see which pins expose Tx and Rx pins; these ports are named FLEXCAN_TX and
FLEXCAN_RX, respectively.
4.10.7 HDMI Tx module timing parameters
See the following specifications:
•
•
DisplayPort 1.3 standard (VESA.org)
Embedded DisplayPort 1.4 standard (VESA.org)
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
81
Electrical characteristics
The DDC link requires external pull-up resistors to be connected to a 5 V supply. The following table
provides the range for those pull-ups.
Table 77. HDMI—Pull-up resistors for DDC link
Ball name
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
HDMI_TX0_DDC_SCL
HDMI_TX0_DDC_SDA
1.5
1.5
—
—
2
2
kΩ
kΩ
4.10.8 HDMI Tx and Rx REXT reference resistor connection
Table 78. HDMI_REXT reference resistor connection
Name Min Typ Max Unit
REXT 497.50 500 502.50
Descriptions
Ω
REXT resistor is 500 Ω ± 0.5%. It shall be connected to ground.
4.10.9 I2C Module Timing Parameters
2
This section describes the timing parameters of the I C module. The following figure depicts the timing
2
2
of the I C module, and Table 79 lists the I C module timing characteristics.
I2Cx_SDA
I2Cx_SCL
IC11
IC9
IC10
IC7
IC4
IC2
IC3
IC8
IC10b
IC6
IC11b
STOP
START
START
START
IC5
IC1
2
Figure 39. I C bus timing
2
Table 79. I C Module Timing Parameters
Standard Mode
Fast Mode
ID
Parameter
Unit
Min
Max
Min
Max
IC1
IC2
IC3
IC4
I2Cx_SCL cycle time
10
4.0
4.0
01
—
—
2.5
0.6
0.6
01
—
—
—
µs
µs
µs
Hold time (repeated) START condition
Set-up time for STOP condition
Data hold time
—
3.452
0.92 µs
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
82
Electrical characteristics
2
Table 79. I C Module Timing Parameters (continued)
Standard Mode
Parameter
Fast Mode
Unit
ID
Min
Max
Min
Max
IC5
IC6
IC7
IC8
IC9
HIGH Period of I2Cx_SCL Clock
4.0
4.7
4.7
250
4.7
—
—
—
0.6
1.3
—
—
—
—
—
µs
µs
µs
ns
µs
LOW Period of the I2Cx_SCL Clock
Set-up time for a repeated START condition
Data set-up time
—
0.6
—
1003
1.3
Bus free time between a STOP and START condition
—
4
IC10/IC10b Rise time of both I2Cx_SDA and I2Cx_SCL signals
IC11/IC11b Fall time of both I2Cx_SDA and I2Cx_SCL signals
1000
300
400
20 + 0.1Cb 300 ns
4
—
20 + 0.1Cb 300 ns
IC12
Capacitive load for each bus line (Cb)
—
—
400 pF
1
A device must internally provide a hold time of at least 300 ns for I2Cx_SDA signal in order to bridge the undefined region of
the falling edge of I2Cx_SCL.
2
3
The maximum hold time has only to be met if the device does not stretch the LOW period (ID no IC5) of the I2Cx_SCL signal.
A Fast-mode I2C-bus device can be used in a Standard-mode I2C-bus system, but the requirement of Set-up time (ID No IC7)
of 250 ns must be met. This automatically is the case if the device does not stretch the LOW period of the I2Cx_SCL signal.
If such a device does stretch the LOW period of the I2Cx_SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the I2Cx_SDA line
max_rise_time (IC9) + data_setup_time (IC7) = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the Standard-mode I2C-bus specification)
before the I2Cx_SCL line is released.
4
Cb = total capacitance of one bus line in pF.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
83
Electrical characteristics
Table 80. I2C timing
Fast Mode Plus
Min
High Speed1
Min Max
Unit
ID
Parameter
SCL clock frequency
Max
IC1
IC2
IC3
IC4
IC5
IC6
IC7
IC8
IC9
—
1
—
160
160
0
3.4
—
—
70
—
—
—
—
—
MHz
ns
Hold time (repeated) START condition
Set-up time for STOP condition
Data hold time
260
260
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ns
ns
HIGH Period of I2Cx_SCL Clock
LOW Period of the I2Cx_SCL Clock
Set-up time for a repeated START condition
Data set-up time
260
500
260
50
60
ns
160
160
10
ns
ns
ns
Bus free time between a STOP and START
condition
500
150
ns
IC10 Rise time of I2Cx_SDA signals
IC11 Fall time of I2Cx_SDA signals
—
120
120
10
10
80
80
ns
ns
12 (@3.3 V)
6.5 (@1.8 V)
IC10b Rise time of I2Cx_SCL signals
IC11b Fall time of I2Cx_SCL signals
—
120
120
10
10
40
40
ns
ns
12 (@3.3 V)
6.5 (@1.8 V)
IC12 Capacitive load for each bus line (Cb)
—
550
—
100
pF
1
High-speed mode is only available for I2C modules in DMA, SCU and Cortex-M4 subsystems.
4.10.10 LVDS and MIPI-DSI display output specifications
4.10.10.1 LVDS display bridge module parameters
Maximum frequency support for dedicated LVDS channels on this device:
Table 81. LVDS pins
Function1
Channel A
Channel B
4 pairs LVDS up to 1.12 Gbps per pair
Single channel
Dual channel
4 pairs LVDS up to 1.12 Gbps per pair
8 pairs LVDS up to 595 Mbps per pair
1
In single channel operation the maximum clock speed is 160 MHz; in dual channel operation with a single synchronized clock
the maximum clock speed is 85 MHz.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
84
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
4.10.10.2 MIPI-DSI display bridge module parameters
Maximum frequency support for dedicated MIPI-DSI channels on this device:
Table 82. MIPI-DSI pins
Function1
Channel A
DSI
DSI up to 1.5 Gb/per lane
1
Maximum clock speed is 1.5 GHz.
4.10.10.3 LVDS display bridge (LDB) module electrical specifications
The LVDS interface is compatible with TIA/EIA 644-A standard. For more details, see TIA/EIA
STANDARD 644-A, “Electrical Characteristics of Low Voltage Differential Signaling (LVDS) Interface
Circuits.”
Table 83. LVDS Display Bridge (LDB) Electrical Specifications
Parameter
Symbol
Test Condition
100 Ω Differential load
Min
Max
Units
Differential Voltage Output Voltage
Output Voltage High
VOD
Voh
0.25
—
0.4
V
V
100 Ω differential load
(0 V Diff—Output High Voltage static)
1.475
Output Voltage Low
Offset Static Voltage
Vol
100 Ω differential load
0.925
1.125
—
V
V
(0 V Diff—Output Low Voltage static)
VOS
Two 49.9 Ω resistors in series between
N-P terminal, with output in either Zero or
One state, the voltage measured between
the 2 resistors.
1.275
VOS Differential
VOSDIFF
Difference in VOS between a One and a
Zero state
—
—
mV
Output short-circuited to GND
Output short current
ISA ISB
ISAB
With the output common shorted to GND
—
—
40
12
mA
mA
4.10.10.4 MIPI-DSI HS-TX specifications
Table 84. MIPI high-speed transmitter DC specifications
Parameter
Symbol
Min Typ Max
Unit
1
VCMTX
High Speed Transmit Static Common Mode Voltage
VCMTX mismatch when Output is Differential-1 or Differential-0
High Speed Transmit Differential Voltage
150 200
250
5
mV
mV
mV
mV
|ΔVCMTX (1,0)
|
—
—
1
|VOD
|
140 200
270
10
|ΔVOD
|
VOD mismatch when Output is Differential-1 or Differential-0
—
—
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
85
Electrical characteristics
Table 84. MIPI high-speed transmitter DC specifications (continued)
Parameter Min Typ Max
Symbol
Unit
1
VOHHS
High Speed Output High Voltage
Single Ended Output Impedance
—
40
—
—
50
—
360
62.5
10
mV
Ω
ZOS
ΔZOS
Single Ended Output Impedance Mismatch
%
1
Value when driving into load impedance anywhere in the ZID range.
Table 85. MIPI high-speed transmitter AC specifications
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
ΔVCMTX(HF)
ΔVCMTX(LF)
Common-level variations above 450 MHz
Common-level variation between 50-450 MHz
Rise Time and Fall Time (20% to 80%)
—
—
—
—
—
15
25
mVRMS
mVPEAK
ps
1
tR and tF
100
0.35 UI
1
UI is the long-term average unit interval.
4.10.10.5 MIPI-DSI LP-TX specifications
Table 86. MIPI low-power transmitter DC specifications
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
1
VOH
Thevenin Output High Level
Thevenin Output Low Level
1.1
–50
110
1.2
—
1.3
50
—
V
mV
Ω
VOL
2
ZOLP
Output Impedance of Low Power Transmitter
—
1
2
This specification can only be met when limiting the core supply variation from 1.1 V till 1.3 V.
Although there is no specified maximum for ZOLP, the LP transmitter output impedance ensures the TRLP/TFLP specification
is met.
Table 87. MIPI low-power transmitter AC specifications
Symbol
Parameter
Min Typ Max Unit
1
TRLP/TFLP
15% to 85% Rise Time and Fall Time
30% to 85% Rise Time and Fall Time
—
—
—
—
—
25
35
—
ns
ns
ns
1,2,3
TREOT
4
TLP-PULSE-TX Pulse width of the LP exclusive-OR clock: First LP exclusive-OR clock pulse after Stop 40
state or last pulse before Stop state
Pulse width of the LP exclusive-OR clock: All other pulses
Period of the LP exclusive-OR clock
20
90
—
—
—
—
ns
ns
TLP-PER-TX
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
86
Electrical characteristics
Table 87. MIPI low-power transmitter AC specifications (continued)
Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
Symbol
1,5,6,7
δV/δtSR
Slew Rate @ CLOAD= 0 pF
Slew Rate @ CLOAD= 5 pF
Slew Rate @ CLOAD= 20 pF
Slew Rate @ CLOAD= 70 pF
Load Capacitance
30
30
30
30
0
—
—
—
—
—
500 mV/ns
200 mV/ns
150 mV/ns
100 mV/ns
CLOAD
70
pF
1
CLOAD includes the low equivalent transmission line capacitance. The capacitance of TX and RX are assumed to always be <
10 pF. The distributed line capacitance can be up to 50 pF for a transmission line with 2 ns delay.
2
The rise-time of TREOT starts from the HS common-level at the moment of the differential amplitude drops below 70 mV, due
to stopping the differential drive.
3
4
With an additional load capacitance CCM between 0 to 60 pF on the termination center tap at RX side of the lane.
This parameter value can be lower then TLPX due to differences in rise vs. fall signal slopes and trip levels and mismatches
between Dp and Dn LP transmitters. Any LP exclusive-OR pulse observed during HS EoT (transition from HS level to LP-11)
is glitch behavior as described in Low-Power Receiver section.
5
6
7
When the output voltage is between 15% and below 85% of the fully settled LP signal levels.
Measured as average across any 50 mV segment of the output signal transition.
This value represents a corner point in a piecewise linear curve.
4.10.10.6 MIPI-DSI LP-RX specifications
Table 88. MIPI low power receiver DC specifications
Parameter Min
Symbol
VIH
Typ
Max
Unit
Logic 1 input voltage
880
—
—
—
—
—
1.3
550
300
—
mV
mV
mV
mV
VIL
Logic 0 input voltage, not in ULP state
Logic 0 input voltage, ULP state
Input hysteresis
VIL-ULPS
VHYST
—
25
Table 89. MIPI low power receiver AC specifications
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
1,2
eSPIKE
Input pulse rejection
—
20
—
—
—
—
300
—
V.ps
ns
3
TMIN-RX
Minimum pulse width response
Peak Interference amplitude
Interference frequency
VINT
—
200
—
mV
MHz
fINT
450
1
2
3
Time-voltage integration of a spike above VIL when in LP-0 state or below VIH when in LP-1 state.
An impulse below this value will not change the receiver state.
An input pulse greater than this value shall toggle the output.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
87
Electrical characteristics
4.10.10.7 MIPI-DSI LP-CD specifications
Table 90. MIPI contention detector DC specifications
Parameter Min
Symbol
Typ
Max
Unit
VIHCD
VILCD
Logic 1 contention threshold
Logic 0 contention threshold
450
—
—
—
—
mV
mV
200
4.10.10.8 MIPI-DSI DC specifications
Table 91. MIPI input characteristics DC specifications
Symbol
VPIN
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Pad signal voltage range
Pin leakage current
Ground shift
–50
–10
–50
–0.15
—
—
—
—
—
—
1350
10
mV
μA
mV
V
1
ILEAK
VGNDSH
50
2
VPIN(absmax)
Maximum pin voltage level
1.45
20
3
TVPIN(absmax) Maximum transient time above VPIN(max) or below VPIN(min)
ns
1
When the pad voltage is within the signal voltage range between VGNDSH(min) to VOH + VGNDSH(max) and the Lane Module is
in LP receive mode.
2
3
This value includes ground shift.
The voltage overshoot and undershoot beyond the VPIN is only allowed during a single 20 ns window after any LP-0 to LP-1
transition or vice versa. For all other situations it must stay within the VPIN range.
4.10.11 PCIe PHY Parameters
The TX and RX eye diagrams specifications are per the template shown in the following figure. The
summary of specifications is shown in Table 92 and Table 93. Note that the time closure (1–AOPENING)
in the eye templates needs not match jitter specifications in the Standards Specifications, as there are such
discrepancies in some Standards Specifications. The design meets the tightest of specifications in case of
discrepancy.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
88
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
Figure 40. TX and RX eye diagram template
Table 92. PCIe transmitter eye specifications for example standards
UI AOPENING BOPENING AOPENING BOPENING VDIFFp-pmin VDIFFp-pmax
ps
UI
ps
mV
PCI Express Gen 1 Transition Bit
PCI ExpressGen 1 De-emphasized Bit
PCI Express Gen 2 Transition Bit
PCI Express Gen 2 De-emphasized Bit
400
400
200
200
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0
0
0
0
300
300
150
150
0
0
0
0
800
505
800
379
12001
757
12001
850
1
VDIFFp-p eye opening is limited to VDDIO under matched termination conditions.
Table 93. PCIe receiver eye specifications for example standards
UI AOPENING BOPENING AOPENING BOPENING VDIFFp-pmin VDIFFp-pmax
ps
UI
ps
mV
PCI Express Gen 1 Transition Bit
400
200
125
0.4
0.32
0.3
0
0
0
160
64
0
0
0
175
100
25
1200
1200
1300
PCI Express Gen 2 Transition Bit1
PCI Express Gen 3 Virtual EYE2
38
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
89
Electrical characteristics
1
For a lossy channel, the default DFE setting may not work for PCIe Gen1 -3.5dB TX de-emphasis. It is recommended to use
a higher DFE setting (reg241[7]=A1_force=1 and reg241[5:0]=A1_init) in this case.
2
PCIE 3.0 8 GT/s measured using PCIE reference equalizer + CDR per PCIE specification.PCIe 1.0 and 2.0 compliant. PCIe
3.0 capable, contact your NXP representative.
Table 94. PCIe differential output driver characteristics (including board and load)
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
1
Output Rise and fall time TR, TF
175
—
—
—
350
20
50
—
ps
%
ps
ns
μs
Ω
1, 2
Output Rise/Fall matching
Output skewTOSKEW
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Initialization time from assertion of TXOE
Initialization time from assertion of TXENA
Transmission line characteristic impedance (ZO)
100
—
—
10
—
—
50
—
Driver output impedance, single ended (small signal @
Vout=Vcm)
—
1000
—
Ω
Output single ended voltage (RS= 33, RT= 50 Ω)
3, 4
3
VOH
0.65
-13
-0.20
0.71
-14.2
0.00
0.85
-17
0.05
V
mA
V
IOH@ 6 * IR
VOL
Output common mode voltage (RS = 33, RT= 50 Ω)
|VOCM
|
0.25
-0.015
-0.050
0.375
0.55
0.015
0.050
5
6
ΔVOCM (DC)
ΔVOCM (AC)
V
7,8
9
Buffer induced deterministic jitter (absolute, pk-pk)
Reference Buffer Dynamic Power (Digital)
Reference Buffer Dynamic Power (Analog)
Output Buffer Dynamic Power (Digital)
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
ps
μA
mA
μA
mA
0.015
2.8
0.66
3.14
1.8
9
9
0.035
18.9
9
Output Buffer Dynamic Power (Analog)
22.11
1
When the output is transitioning between logic 0 and logic 1, or logic 1 and logic 0, and driving a terminated
transmission line, the outputs monotonically transition between VOL and VOH, VOH, and VOL respectively. Target rise and
fall times observed at the receiver and are primarily set by board trace impedance and Load capacitance. Rise and fall
times are defined by 25% and 75% crossing points.
2
3
Calculated as: 2 × (TR–TF) / (TR+ TF)
IR is proportional to the reference current. Measured across RT. The primary contributor to output voltage spread is
VDD spread, and so a VDD tighter than ±10% may be required to achieve this spread.
4
Higher output voltages may occur depending on load, power supply, and selected output drive. Higher output voltages may
transiently occur during initialization period following TXENA assertion.
5
6
7
Peak change in output differential voltage when driving a logic 0 and when driving a logic 1 under DC conditions.
Peak change in output differential voltage when driving a logic 0 and when driving a logic 1 under AC conditions.
Measured under “clean power supply and ground” conditions, and after de-embedding the jitter of the input, measured over a
time span of 1000 cycles
8
Power supply induced jitter is included under this category, and the power supply variation is to be less than 8mVpp.
Note that customer has to be uncommonly careful with power supply fidelity due to the small jitter numbers.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
90
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
9
Power consumption is simulated under the following conditions:
Typ: TT, VDD=1.0 V, VD18=1.8 V, 25 °C
Max: FF, VDD=1.1 V, VD18=1.98 V, 125 °C
Dynamic: TXENA=1, TXOE=1
Static: TXENA=0, TXOE=1
4.10.11.1 PCIE_REXT reference resistor connection
The following figure shows the PCIE_REXT reference resistor connection.
Figure 41. PCIE_REXT reference resistor connection
4.10.11.2 PCIE_REF_CLK
Contact an NXP representative to obtain the hardware development guide for this device, which contains
details on the PCIe reference clock requirements.
4.10.12 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Timing Parameters
This section describes the electrical information of the PWM. The PWM can be programmed to select one
of three clock signals as its source frequency. The selected clock signal is passed through a prescaler before
being input to the counter. The output is available at the pulse-width modulator output (PWMO) external
pin.
The following figure depicts the timing of the PWM, and Table 95 lists the PWM timing parameters.
PWMn_OUT
Figure 42. PWM Timing
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
91
Electrical characteristics
Table 95. PWM Output Timing Parameters
ID
Parameter
PWM Module Clock Frequency
Min
Max
Unit
—
P1
P2
0
ipg_clk
—
MHz
ns
PWM output pulse width high
PWM output pulse width low
15
15
—
ns
4.10.13 FlexSPI (Quad SPI/Octal SPI) timing parameters
The FlexSPI interface can work in SDR or DDR modes. It can operate up to 60 MHz at 3.3 V, 166 MHz
at 1.8 V SDR mode or 200 MHz at 1.8 V DDR mode. It supports single-ended and differential DQS
signaling.
FlexSPI supports the following clocking scheme for a read data path:
•
•
•
Dummy read strobe generated by FlexSPI controller and looped back internally
(FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x0)
Dummy read strobe generated by FlexSPI controller and looped back through the DQS pad
(FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x1). It means the I/O cannot be used for another feature.
Read strobe provided by memory device and input from DQS pad
(FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x3)
4.10.13.1 SDR mode
4.10.13.1.1 SDR mode timing diagrams
The following write timing diagram is valid for any FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] value.
Figure 43. FlexSPI write timing diagram (SDR mode)
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
92
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
The following read timing diagram is valid for FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x0 or 0x1.
Figure 44. FlexSPI read timing diagram (SDR mode)
The following read timing diagram is valid for FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x3.
Figure 45. FlexSPI read with DQS timing diagram (SDR mode)
4.10.13.1.2 SDR mode timing parameter tables
Table 96. FlexSPI timings with FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x0 (SDR mode)
ID
Parameter
QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK Cycle frequency
Min
Max
Unit
—
—
60
—
—
—
—
1
MHz
ns
t1 QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK High or Low Time
t2 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B pulse width
7.5
1
SCLK
SCLK
SCLK
ns
t3 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lead Time1
TCSS+0.5
t4 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lag Time1
TCSH
t5 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy output Delay
t6 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy Setup Time
—
6
—
—
ns
t7 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy Hold Time
0
ns
1
Timing is controlled from FLSHxCR1 register (x=A1, A2, B1, or B2).
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
93
Electrical characteristics
Table 97. FlexSPI timings with FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x1 (SDR mode)
ID
Parameter
QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK Cycle frequency
Min
Max
Unit
—
—
166
—
—
—
—
1
MHz
ns
t1 QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK High or Low Time
t2 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B pulse width
2.7
1
SCLK
SCLK
SCLK
ns
t3 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lead Time1
TCSS+0.5
t4 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lag Time1
TCSH
t5 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy output Delay
t6 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy Setup Time
—
1
—
—
ns
t7 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy Hold Time
2
ns
1
Timing is controlled from FLSHxCR1 register (x=A1, A2, B1, or B2).
Table 98. FlexSPI timings with FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x3 (SDR mode)
ID
Parameter
QSPIx[A/B]_DQS Cycle frequency
Min
Max
Unit
—
—
2.25
200
—
MHz
ns
t1 QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK High or Low Time
t2 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B pulse width1
t3 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lead Time2
t4 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lag Time2
CSINTERVAL
TCSS+0.5
TCSH
—
SCLK
SCLK
SCLK
ns
—
—
t5 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy output Delay
t8 QSPIx[A/B]_DQS / QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy delta
—
1
-0.65
0.65
ns
1
2
Minimum is 2 SCLK cycles even if CSINTERVAL value is less than 2.
Timing is controlled from FLSHxCR1 register (x=A1, A2, B1, or B2).
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
94
Electrical characteristics
4.10.13.2 DDR mode
4.10.13.2.1 DDR mode timing diagrams
Figure 46. FlexSPI write timing diagram (DDR mode)
Figure 47. FlexSPI read timing diagram (DDR mode)
QSPIx[A/B]_DQS
QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy
t9
t10
Figure 48. FlexSPI read with DQS timing diagram (DDR mode)
Table 99. FlexSPI timings with FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x0 (DDR mode)
ID
Parameter
QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK Cycle frequency
Min
Max
Unit
—
—
30
—
MHz
ns
t1 QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK High or Low Time
15
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
95
Electrical characteristics
Table 99. FlexSPI timings with FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x0 (DDR mode) (continued)
ID
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
t2 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B pulse width
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SCLK
SCLK
SCLK
ns
t3 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lead Time1
(TCSS+0.5)/2
t4 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lag Time1
TCSH/2
t5 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy output valid time
t6 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy output hold time
t7 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy Setup Time
6.5
6.5
6
ns
ns
t8 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy Hold Time
0
ns
1
Timing is controlled from FLSHxCR1 register (x=A1, A2, B1, or B2).
Table 100. FlexSPI timings with FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x1 (DDR mode)
ID
Parameter
QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK Cycle frequency
Min
Max
Unit
—
—
83
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MHz
ns
t1 QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK High or Low Time
t2 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B pulse width
5.4
1
SCLK
SCLK
SCLK
ns
t3 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lead Time1
(TCSS+0.5)/2
t4 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lag Time1
TCSH/2
t5 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy output valid time
t6 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy output hold time
t7 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy Setup Time
2
2
1
1
ns
ns
t8 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy Hold Time
ns
1
Timing is controlled from FLSHxCR1 register (x=A1, A2, B1, or B2).
Table 101. FlexSPI timings with FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x3 (DDR mode)
ID
Parameter
QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK Cycle frequency
Min
Max
Unit
—
—
2.25
200
—
—
—
—
—
—
MHz
ns
t1 QSPIx[A/B]_SCLK High or Low Time
t2 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B pulse width
t3 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lead Time1
t4 QSPIx[A/B]_SSy_B Lag Time1
t5 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy output valid time
t6 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy output hold time
1
SCLK
SCLK
SCLK
ns
(TCSS+0.5)/2
TCSH/2
0.65
0.65
ns
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
96
Electrical characteristics
Table 101. FlexSPI timings with FlexSPIn_MCR0[RXCLKSRC] = 0x3 (DDR mode) (continued)
ID
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
t9 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy Setup Skew
—
—
0.65
0.65
ns
ns
t10 QSPIx[A/B]_DATAy Hold Skew
1
Timing is controlled from FLSHxCR1 register (x=A1, A2, B1, or B2).
4.10.14 Secure JTAG controller (SJC)
4.10.14.1 Internal pull-up/pull-down configuration
The following table describes the default configuration of internal pull-ups and pull-downs of the JTAG
interface. External pull-ups and pull-downs are needed when this interface is routed to a connector.
Table 102. JTAG default configuration for internal pull-up/pull-down
Ball name
Internal pull setting1
Typical pull value
Unit
JTAG_TMS
JTAG_TCK
JTAG_TDI
PU
PD
PU
PU
PD
50
KΩ
JTAG_TRST_B
TEST_MODE_SELECT
1
PU = pull-up; PD = pull-down
4.10.14.2 JTAG timing parameters
Figure 49 depicts the SJC test clock input timing. Figure 50 depicts the SJC boundary scan timing.
Figure 51 depicts the SJC test access port. Figure 52 depicts the JTAG_TRST_B timing. Signal
parameters are listed in Table 103.
SJ1
SJ2
VM
SJ2
VM
JTAG_TCK
(Input)
VIH
VIL
SJ3
SJ3
Figure 49. Test Clock Input Timing Diagram
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
97
Electrical characteristics
JTAG_TCK
(Input)
VIH
SJ5
Input Data Valid
VIL
SJ4
Data
Inputs
SJ6
Data
Outputs
Output Data Valid
SJ7
SJ6
Data
Outputs
Data
Outputs
Output Data Valid
Figure 50. Boundary system (JTAG) timing diagram
JTAG_TCK
(Input)
VIH
VIL
SJ8
Input Data Valid
SJ9
JTAG_TDI
JTAG_TMS
(Input)
SJ10
SJ11
SJ10
JTAG_TDO
(Output)
Output Data Valid
JTAG_TDO
(Output)
JTAG_TDO
(Output)
Output Data Valid
Figure 51. Test Access Port Timing Diagram
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
98
Electrical characteristics
JTAG_TCK
(Input)
SJ13
JTAG_TRST_B
(Input)
SJ12
Figure 52. JTAG_TRST_B Timing Diagram
Table 103. JTAG Timing
All Frequencies
ID
Parameter1,2
Unit
Min
Max
1
SJ0
SJ1
SJ2
JTAG_TCK frequency of operation 1/(3xTDC
JTAG_TCK cycle time in crystal mode
)
0.001
45
22.5
—
22
—
—
3
MHz
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
2
JTAG_TCK clock pulse width measured at VM
JTAG_TCK rise and fall times
SJ3
SJ4
Boundary scan input data set-up time
Boundary scan input data hold time
JTAG_TCK low to output data valid
JTAG_TCK low to output high impedance
JTAG_TMS, JTAG_TDI data set-up time
JTAG_TMS, JTAG_TDI data hold time
JTAG_TCK low to JTAG_TDO data valid
5
—
—
40
40
—
—
44
44
—
—
SJ5
24
—
SJ6
SJ7
—
SJ8
SJ9
5
25
—
SJ10
SJ11
SJ12
SJ13
JTAG_TCK low to JTAG_TDO high impedance
JTAG_TRST_B assert time
—
100
40
JTAG_TRST_B set-up time to JTAG_TCK low
1
2
T
= target frequency of SJC
DC
VM = mid-point voltage
4.10.15 SPDIF Timing Parameters
The Sony/Philips Digital Interconnect Format (SPDIF) data is sent using the bi-phase marking code. When
encoding, the SPDIF data signal is modulated by a clock that is twice the bit rate of the data signal.
Table 104, Figure 53, and Figure 54 show SPDIF timing parameters for the Sony/Philips Digital
Interconnect Format (SPDIF), including the timing of the modulating Rx clock (SPDIF_SR_CLK) for
SPDIF in Rx mode and the timing of the modulating Tx clock (SPDIF_ST_CLK) for SPDIF in Tx mode.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
99
Electrical characteristics
Table 104. SPDIF Timing Parameters
Timing Parameter Range
Parameter
Symbol
Unit
Min
Max
SPDIF_IN Skew: asynchronous inputs, no specs apply
—
—
0.7
ns
ns
SPDIF_OUT output (Load = 50pf)
• Skew
• Transition rising
• Transition falling
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.5
24.2
31.3
SPDIF_OUT output (Load = 30pf)
• Skew
• Transition rising
• Transition falling
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.5
13.6
18.0
ns
Modulating Rx clock (SPDIF_SR_CLK) period
SPDIF_SR_CLK high period
srckp
srckph
srckpl
stclkp
stclkph
stclkpl
40.0
16.0
16.0
40.0
16.0
16.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
SPDIF_SR_CLK low period
Modulating Tx clock (SPDIF_ST_CLK) period
SPDIF_ST_CLK high period
SPDIF_ST_CLK low period
srckp
srckpl
VM
srckph
VM
SPDIF_SR_CLK
(Output)
Figure 53. SPDIF_SR_CLK Timing Diagram
stclkp
stclkpl
VM
stclkph
VM
SPDIF_ST_CLK
(Input)
Figure 54. SPDIF_ST_CLK Timing Diagram
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
100
Electrical characteristics
4.10.16 UART I/O configuration and timing parameters
4.10.16.0.1 UART Transmitter
The following figure depicts the transmit timing of UART in the RS-232 serial mode, with 8 data bit/1
stop bit format. Table 105 lists the UART RS-232 serial mode transmit timing characteristics.
POSSIBLE
PARITY
UA1
UA1
Bit 3
BIT
NEXT
START
BIT
Start
Bit
UARTx_TX_DATA
(output)
STOP
BIT
Bit 7
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Par Bit
UA1
UA1
Figure 55. UART RS-232 Serial Mode Transmit Timing Diagram
Table 105. UART RS-232 Serial Mode Transmit Timing Parameters
ID
Parameter
Transmit Bit Time
Symbol
Min
Max
1/Fbaud_rate + Tref_clk
Unit
2
UA1
tTbit
1/Fbaud_rate1 – Tref_clk
—
1
Fbaud_rate: Baud rate frequency. The maximum baud rate the UART can support is (LPUART_clk frequency)/(SBR[12:0]
× (OSR+1)).
2
Tref_clk: The period of UART reference clock ref_clk (LPUART_clk after SBR divider).
4.10.16.0.2 UART Receiver
The following figure depicts the RS-232 serial mode receive timing with 8 data bit/1 stop bit format.
Table 106 lists serial mode receive timing characteristics.
POSSIBLE
PARITY
UA2
UA2
Bit 3
BIT
NEXT
START
BIT
Start
Bit
UARTx_RX_DATA
(input)
STOP
BIT
Bit 7
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Par Bit
UA2
UA2
Figure 56. UART RS-232 Serial Mode Receive Timing Diagram
Table 106. RS-232 Serial Mode Receive Timing Parameters
ID
Parameter
Receive Bit Time1
Symbol
Min
Max
Unit
2
UA2
tRbit
1/Fbaud_rate
–
1/Fbaud_rate
+
—
1/(16 × Fbaud_rate
)
1/(16 × Fbaud_rate)
1
2
The UART receiver can tolerate 1/((OSR+1) × Fbaud_rate) tolerance in each bit, but accumulation tolerance in one frame must
not exceed 3/((OSR+1) × Fbaud_rate).
Fbaud_rate: Baud rate frequency. The maximum baud rate the UART can support is (LPUART_clk frequency)/(SBR[12:0] ×
(OSR+1)).
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
101
Electrical characteristics
4.10.16.0.3 UART IrDA Mode Timing
The following subsections give the UART transmit and receive timings in IrDA mode.
UART IrDA Mode Transmitter
The following figure depicts the UART IrDA mode transmit timing, with 8 data bit/1 stop bit format.
Table 107 lists the transmit timing characteristics.
UA3
UA3
UA4
UA3
UA3
UARTx_TX_DATA
(output)
Start
Bit
STOP
BIT
POSSIBLE
PARITY
BIT
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Figure 57. UART IrDA Mode Transmit Timing Diagram
Table 107. IrDA Mode Transmit Timing Parameters
ID
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Max
1/Fbaud_rate + Tref_clk
Unit
2
UA3 Transmit Bit Time in IrDA mode
UA4 Transmit IR Pulse Duration
tTIRbit
1/Fbaud_rate1 – Tref_clk
—
—
tTIRpulse (TNP+1)/(OSR+1) × (1/Fbaud_rat (TNP+1)/(OSR+1) × (1/Fbaud_rat
e) – Tref_clk e) + Tref_clk
1
2
Fbaud_rate: Baud rate frequency. The maximum baud rate the UART can support is (LPUART_clk frequency)/(SBR[12:0] ×
(OSR+1)).
Tref_clk: The period of UART reference clock ref_clk (LPUART_clk after SBR divider).
UART IrDA Mode Receiver
The following figure depicts the UART IrDA mode receive timing, with 8 data bit/1 stop bit format.
Table 108 lists the receive timing characteristics.
UA5
UA6
UA5
UA5
UA5
UARTx_RX_DATA
(input)
STOP
BIT
Start
Bit
POSSIBLE
PARITY
BIT
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Figure 58. UART IrDA Mode Receive Timing Diagram
Table 108. IrDA Mode Receive Timing Parameters
ID
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Max
1/Fbaud_rate
Unit
2
UA5 Receive Bit Time1 in IrDA mode
tRIRbit
1/Fbaud_rate
–
+
—
1/(16 × Fbaud_rate
)
1/(16 × Fbaud_rate
)
UA6 Receive IR Pulse Duration
tRIRpulse
1.41 μs
(5/16) × (1/Fbaud_rate
)
—
1
The UART receiver can tolerate 1/((OSR+1) × Fbaud_rate) tolerance in each bit. But accumulation tolerance in one frame
must not exceed 3/((OSR+1) × Fbaud_rate).
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
102
NXP Semiconductors
Electrical characteristics
2
Fbaud_rate: Baud rate frequency. The maximum baud rate the UART can support is (LPUART_clk frequency)/(SBR[12:0] ×
(OSR+1)).
4.10.17 USB HSIC Timings
This section describes the electrical information of the USB HSIC port.
NOTE
HSIC is a DDR signal. The following timing specification is for both rising
and falling edges.
4.10.17.1 USB HSIC Transmit Timing
Tstrobe
USB_H_STROBE
Todelay
Todelay
USB_H_DATA
Figure 59. USB HSIC Transmit Waveform
Table 109. USB HSIC Transmit Parameters
Name
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
Comment
Tstrobe strobe period
4.165
550
4.168
1350
2
ns
ps
—
Todelay data output delay time
Measured at 50% point
Averaged from 30% – 70% points
Tslew
strobe/data rising/falling time
0.7
V/ns
4.10.17.2 USB HSIC Receive Timing
Tstrobe
USB_H_STROBE
USB_H_DATA
Thold
Tsetup
Figure 60. USB HSIC Receive Waveform
1
Table 110. USB HSIC Receive Parameters
Name
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
Comment
Tstrobe strobe period
Thold data hold time
4.165
300
4.168
—
ns
ps
—
Measured at 50% point
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
103
Electrical characteristics
1
Table 110. USB HSIC Receive Parameters (continued)
Name
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
Comment
Tsetup
Tslew
data setup time
300
0.7
—
2
ps
Measured at 50% point
Averaged from 30% – 70% points
strobe/data rising/falling time
V/ns
1
The timings in the table are guaranteed when:
—AC I/O voltage is between 0.9× to 1× the I/O supply
—DDR_SEL configuration bits of the I/O are set to (10)b
4.10.18 USB 2.0 PHY Parameters
4.10.18.1 USB 2.0 PHY Transmitter specifications
This section describes the transmitter specifications for USB2.0 PHY.
4.10.18.1.1 USB 2.0 PHY full-speed/low-speed transmitter specifications
The following table lists the full-speed/low-speed (FS/LS) transmitter specifications for USB2.0 PHY.
Table 111. USB 2.0 PHY FS/LS transmitter specifications
Symbol
Description
Min Typ
Max
Units
VOL
VOH
Output Voltage Low
0
2.8
0.8
1.3
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.3
3.6
—
V
V
Output Voltage High (Driven)
VOSE1 Single Ended One (SE1)
V
VCRS
TFR
TLR
TFF
Output Signal Cross Over Voltage
2.0
20
V
Driver Rise Time - FS
Driver Rise Time - LS
Driver Fall Time - FS
Driver Fall Time - LS
ns
ns
ns
ns
%
%
Ω
75
300
20
4
TLF
75
300
111.11
125
49.5
3.5
4
TFRFM Differential Rise and Fall Time Matching - FS
TLRFM Differential Rise and Fall Time Matching - LS
ZHSDRV Driver Output Resistance (Also serves as HS Termination)
90
80
40.5
-3.5
-4
TDJ1
TDJ2
Source Jitter (Next Transition) - FS
Source Jitter (Paired Transition) - FS
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
TFDEOP Source Jitter (Differential to SE0 transition) - FS
TFEOPT Source SE0 interval of EOP - FS
-2
5
160
-25
-14
-95
175
25
TDDJ1
TDDJ2
TUDJ1
Source Jitter in downstream direction (Next Transition) - LS
Source Jitter in downstream direction (Paired Transition) - LS
Source Jitter in upstream direction (Next Transition) - LS
14
95
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
104
Electrical characteristics
Table 111. USB 2.0 PHY FS/LS transmitter specifications (continued)
Symbol
Description
Min Typ
Max
Units
TUDJ2
Source Jitter in upstream direction (Paired Transition) - LS
-150
-40
—
—
—
150
100
1.5
ns
ns
μs
TLDEOP Source Jitter in upstream direction (Differential to SE0 transition) - LS
TLEOPT Source SE0 interval of EOP - LS
1.25
4.10.18.2 USB 2.0 PHY high-speed transmitter specifications
The following table lists the high-speed (HS) transmitter specifications for USB 2.0 PHY.
Table 112. USB 2.0 PHY HS transmitter specifications
Symbol/Parameter
Description
Min Typ
Max
Units
HSOI
High Speed Idle Level
-10
-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
Ω
VHSTERM
VHSOL
Termination Voltage in High Speed
High Speed Data Signaling Low
Chirp J (Differential Voltage)
Chirp K (Differential Voltage)
Driver Output Resistance
-10
10
VCHIRPJ
700
-900
40.5
100
100
-300
1100
-500
49.5
—
VCHIRPK
ZHSDRV
THSR
Rise Time (10% to 90%)
ps
THSF
Fall Time (10% to 90%)
—
ps
HS Eye Opening: Template 1
Differential eye opening at 37.5% US and 62.5% UI for a
hub measured at TP2 and for a device without a captive
cable measured at TP3.
300
mV
HS Eye Opening: Template 2
HS Jitter: Template 1
Differential eye opening at 37.5% US and 62.5% UI for a
device with a captive cable measured at TP2.
-175
—
175
mV
Peak-Peak Jitter at Zero crossing for a hub measured at
TP2 and for a device without captive cable measured at
TP3.
—
—
—
—
15
%UI
ps
312.5
HS Jitter: Template 2
Peak-Peak Jitter at Zero crossing for a device with captive
cable measured at TP2.
—
—
—
—
25
%UI
ps
520.83
4.10.18.3 USB 2.0 PHY receiver specifications
This section describes the receiver specifications implemented in USB 2.0 PHY.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
105
Electrical characteristics
4.10.18.3.1 USB 2.0 PHY full-speed/low-speed (FS/LS) receiver specifications
Table 113. USB 2.0 PHY FS/LS receiver specifications
Symbol
VIH
Description
Input Voltage Level - High (Driven)
Min
Typ
Max
Units
2
2.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
0.8
2.0
2.5
18.5
9
V
V
VIHZ
Input Voltage Level - High (Floating)
VIL
Input Voltage Level - Low
V
VTH
Switching Threshold
0.8
0.8
-18.5
-9
V
VCM
Common Mode Range
V
TJR1
Receiver Jitter Budget (Next Transition) - FS
Receiver Jitter Budget (Paired Transition) - FS
Receiver EOP Interval of EOP - FS
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
TJR2
TFEOPR
TUJR1
TUJR2
TDJR1
TDJR2
TLEOPR
82
—
US Port Differential Receiver Jitter (Next Transition) - LS
US Port Differential Receiver Jitter (Paired Transition) - LS
DS Port Differential Receiver Jitter (Next Transition) - LS
DS Port Differential Receiver Jitter (Paired Transition) - LS
Receiver EOP Interval of EOP - LS
-152
-200
-75
-45
670
152
200
75
45
—
4.10.18.3.2 USB 2.0 PHY high-speed receiver specifications
The following table lists the high-speed (HS) receiver specifications for USB 2.0 PHY.
Table 114. USB 2.0 PHY HS receiver specifications
Symbol/Parameter
VHSCM
Description
Min Typ Max Units
HS RX input common mode voltage range.
-50
40.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
500
49.5
20
mV
Ω
ZHSDRV
HS RX input termination (Same as Driver output resistance).
HSRX Jitter: Template 3
HS RX Peak-Peak Jitter specification at differential zero crossing for a
device with captive cable when signal applied at TP2.
%UI
—
416.66 ps
HSRX Jitter: Template 4
HS RX Peak-Peak Jitter specification at differential zero crossing for a
device without captive cable at TP3 and for a hub at TP2.
—
30
%UI
ps
—
625
275
HSRX Input Eye Opening: HS RX differential sensitivity specification at 40% and 60% UI for a
Template 3 device with captive cable when signal is applied at TP2.
-275
mV
HSRX Input Eye Opening: HS RX differential sensitivity specification at 35% and 65% UI for a
-150
—
150
mV
Template 4
device without captive cable when signal is applied at TP3 and for a
hub when a signal is applied at TP2.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
106
Electrical characteristics
4.10.18.3.3 USB 2.0 PHY high-speed envelope detector specifications
The following table lists the high-speed (HS) Envelope Detector Specifications of USB 2.0 PHY.
Table 115. USB 2.0 PHY HS envelope detector specifications
Symbol
Description
Min Typ Max Units
VHSSQ
VHSDSC
HS Squelch Detection threshold (differential signal amplitude)
HS Disconnect Detection threshold (differential signal amplitude)
100
525
—
—
150
625
mV
mV
4.10.18.4 USB 2.0 PHY full-speed/high-speed terminations specification
The following table lists the full-speed/low-speed (FS/LS) Terminations Specification of USB 2.0 PHY.
Table 116. USB 2.0 PHY FS/LS terminations specification
Symbol
RPU
Description
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Bus Pull-Up resistor on US Port in IDLE State
Bus Pull-Up resistor on US Port in ACTIVE State
Bus Pull-Down resistor on DS Port
900
1425
14.25
3.0
—
—
—
—
1575
3090
24.8
3.6
Ω
Ω
RPD
KΩ
V
VTERM
Termination Voltage for US Port Pull-Up (RPU)
4.10.18.5 Voltage threshold specification
The following table lists the OTG Comparator Specifications of USB2.0 PHY.
Table 117. USB 2.0 PHY OTG comparator specifications
Symbol
Description
Min
Typ
Max
Units
sessvld
vbusvalid
B-Device Session Valid threshold
VBUS Valid threshold
0.8
4.4
—
—
4.0
V
V
4.75
4.10.19 USB 3.0 PHY parameters
The following content is from the USB 3.0 PHY specifications.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
107
Electrical characteristics
4.10.19.1 USB 3.0 PHY external component
Table 118. USB 3.0 PHY external component specifications
Name Min Typ Max Units
rext 497.5 500 502.5
Descriptions
Ω
There needs to be an external resistor component connected at rext ball while the
internal resistor or current is getting calibrated. Package routing from rext ball to its
respective bump should not contribute more than 0.05 Ω.
4.10.19.2 USB 3.0 PHY transmitter module
Table 119. USB 3.0 PHY transmitter module electrical specifications
Symbol
Description
Min Typ
Max
Unit
Voltage/current parameters
VTX-DIFFp
Programmable output voltage
swing (single-ended)
50
—
—
—
500
1000
1200
100
mV
mV
mV
VTX-DIFFp-p
Programmable differential
peak-to-peak output voltage
100
400
1
VTX-DIFFp-p-LOW
Low power differential p-p TX
voltage swing
ITX-SHORT
RLTX-DIFF
Transmit lane short-circuit current
Transmitter differential return loss
—
—
—
—
mA
Db
0 < -20dB < 100Mhz
100Mhz < -18dB < 300Mhz
300Mhz < -16dB < 600Mhz
600Mhz < -10dB < 2500Mhz
2500Mhz < -9dB < 4875Mhz
4875Mhz < -8dB < 11200Mhz
11200Mhz < -5dB < 16800Mhz
and -3dB beyond that
Transmitter common mode return
loss
—
—
50Hz < -8dB < 15000Mhz
dB
RL
TX-CM
DC differential TX impedance
Unit Interval
80
100
120
Ω
Z
TX-DIFF-DC
UI
199.94
—
—
—
200.06
0.4
ps
UI
TTX-MAX-JITTER
Transmitter total jitter
(peak-to-peak) (Tj)
TTX-RJ-PLL-sigma
After application of TX jitter transfer
function
—
—
—
—
2.42
210
ps
UI
LTLAT-10
Transmitter data latency
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
108
Electrical characteristics
Table 119. USB 3.0 PHY transmitter module electrical specifications (continued)
Symbol
Description
Min Typ
Max
Unit
Voltage parameters
VTX-CM-DC-ACTIVE-IDLE-DELTA Absolute Delta of DC Common
Mode Voltage during L0 and
0
—
100
mV
Electrical Idle.
VTX-IDLE-DIFF-AC-p
VTX-CM-DC-LINE-DELTA
VTX-RCV-DETECT
Electrical Idle Differential Peak
Output Voltage
0
0
—
—
—
—
20
25
600
8
mV
mV
mV
ns
Absolute Delta of DC Common
Mode Voltage between D+ and D-
The amount of voltage change
allowed during Receiver Detection
0
TTX-IDLE-SET-TO-IDLE
Maximum time to transition to a
valid Electrical Idle after sending an
EIOS
—
TTX-IDLE-TO-DIFF-DATA
Maximum time to transition to valid
diff signaling after leaving Electrical
Idle
—
—
8
ns
VTX-CM-AC-PP
Tx AC peak-peak common mode
voltage (5.0 GT/s)
20
—
—
—
150
5
mVpp
TEIExit
Time to exit Electrical Idle (L0s)
state and to enter L0
Txsysclk
Tx signal characteristics
ftol
TX Frequency Long Term Accuracy -300
—
—
300
33
ppm of
Fbaud
fSSC
Spread-Spectrum Modulation
Frequency
30
kHz
t20-80TX
tskewTX
TX Rise/Fall Time
0.2
—
—
—
0.41
20
UI
ps
TX Differential Skew
1
For USB 3.0, no EQ is required
4.10.19.3 USB 3.0 PHY receiver module
Table 120. USB 3.0 PHY receiver module electrical specifications
Symbol
Description
Min
Voltage Parameters
100
Typ Max Unit
Comments
VRX-DIFF(p-p)
Differential input voltage
(peak-to-peak) (that is, receiver
eye voltage opening)
—
1200 mV
—
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
109
Electrical characteristics
Table 120. USB 3.0 PHY receiver module electrical specifications (continued)
Symbol
Description
Min
Typ Max Unit
Comments
VRX-IDLE-DET-DIFF(p-p Differential input threshold voltage
100
—
300
mV USB3 LFPS
(peak-to-peak) to detect idle
(LFPS)
)
Vcm, acRX
RX AC Common Mode Voltage
—
—
—
0
100 mVp-p Simulated at 250 MHz
VRX-CM-AC
Receiver common-mode voltage
for AC coupling
150
mV
—
ZRX-DIFF-DC
RLRX-DIFF
Differential input impedance (DC)
Receiver differential return loss
80
100 120
W
100 Ω ± 10%
Same as
TX RL
—
—
dB
—
Jitter Parameters
TRX-MAX-JITTER
Receiver total jitter tolerance
0
—
0.66
UI
Incoming Jitter:
USB3 = 0.43UI DJ + 0.23UI RJ
USB3 numbers are with REFC-TLE
Table 121. PLL module electrical specifications
Parameter
Symbol
Description
Min
Typ
Max Units
Input Reference Clock
REF CLK
Frequency
REF CLK
—
—
19.2 19.2/24/25/26/38.4 38.4 MHz
REF CLK Duty
Cycle
—
—
47
40
—
—
53
MHz
MHz
ps
REF CLK
Frequency
REF CLK
—
40/48/50/52/100 100
REF CLK RJ
Tolerance
Integrated jitter from 10 kHz to 16 MHz
after applying appropriate PLL ref clock
transfer function and the protocol JTF
—
0.5
63
REF CLK Duty
Cycle
—
—
—
37
—
—
%
Divided Reference
Frequency
—
19.2
38.4 MHz
Dividers
Input division
IPDIV<7:0>
—
—
—
—
1
2
—
—
—
—
255 Counts
1025 Counts
1025 Counts
<2 Counts
Feedback division pll_fbdiv_high<9:0>
pll_fbdiv_low<9:0>
2
Feedback fractional
division range
—
>-2
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
110
Electrical characteristics
Table 121. PLL module electrical specifications (continued)
Parameter
Number of
Symbol
Description
Min
Typ
Max Units
—
This includes one bit for sign
—
27
—
Bits
fractional bits
VCO
Clock frequency
VCO frequency
—
—
—
Output full rate clocks
—
—
5000
5000
—
—
—
MHz
MHz
ppm
VCO oscillation frequency
This includes SSC deviation
Output clock
-5300
300
frequency tolerance
SSC modulation
rate
—
—
—
As applicable for USB3.0
30
—
—
—
—
—
33
kHz
ps
Output clock RJ
sigma for TX
After application of TX jitter transfer
function
2.42
1.40
Output clock RJ
sigma for RX
After application of RX jitter transfer
function
ps
4.11 Analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
The following table shows the ADC electrical specifications for VREFH=VDD_ADC_1P8.
Table 122. ADC electrical specifications (VREFH=VDD_ADC_1P8)
Symbol
VADIN
Description
Min
Typ1
Max
Unit
Notes
Input Voltage
VREFL
—
—
4.5
500
—
VREFH
—
V
pF
—
—
CADIN
RADIN
RAS
Input capacitance
Input Resistance
—
—
Ω
—
2
Analog Source Resistance
ADC Conversion Clock Frequency
Sample cycles
—
5
kΩ
fADCK
—
24
—
MHz
—
—
3
Csample
Ccompare
Cconversion
DNL
3.5
—
—
131.5
—
Fixed compare cycles
Conversion cycles
Differential Non-Linearity
Integral Non-Linearity
Effective Number of Bits
Avg = 1
17.5
cycles
cycles
LSB
LSB
—
—
Cconversion = Csample + Ccompare
—
4
—
—
± 0.6
± 0.9
—
-0.5 to +1.1
4
INL
±1.1
—
5,6,7
ENOB
—
10.1
10.5
11.1
10.4
10.7
11.3
—
Bits
Bits
Bits
dB
Avg = 2
—
Avg = 16
—
SINAD
Signal to Noise plus Distortion
SINAD=6.02 x ENOB + 1.76
—
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
111
Electrical characteristics
Table 122. ADC electrical specifications (VREFH=VDD_ADC_1P8) (continued)
Symbol
Description
Min
Typ1
Max
Unit
Notes
8
EG
EO
Gain error
—
—
—
—
-0.29
0.01
—
—
%FSV
%FSV
μA
9
Offset error
Supply Current
10
IVDDA18
Iin,ext,leak
EIL
480
—
External Channel Leakage Current
Input leakage error
30
500
nA
—
—
RAS * Iin
mV
1
Typical values assume VDD_ADC_1P8 = 1.8 V, Temp = 25 °C, fACLK = Max, unless otherwise stated. Typical values are for
reference only. All values, including Min and Max, are derived from lab characterization and are not tested in production.
2
This resistance is external to the input pad. To achieve the best results, the analog source resistance must be kept as low as
possible. The results in this data sheet were derived from a system that had < 15 Ω analog source resistance. The RAS/CAS
(analog source capacitance) time constant should be kept to < 1 ns.
3
4
5
6
7
See Figure 61.
ADC conversion clock at max frequency and using linear histogram.
Input data used for test was 1 kHz sine wave.
Measured at VREFH = 1.8 V and pwrsel = 2.
ENOB can be lower than shown, if an ADC channel corrupts other ADC channels through capacitive coupling. This coupling
may be dominated by board parasitics. Care must be taken not to corrupt the desired channel being measured. This coupling
becomes worse at higher analog frequencies and with switching waveforms due to the harmonic content.
8
9
Error measured at fullscale at 1.8 V.
Error measured at zero scale at 0 V.
10 Power Configuration Select, PWRSEL, is set to 10 binary.
The following table shows the ADC electrical specifications for 1V≤VREFH<VDD_ADC_1P8.
Table 123. ADC electrical specifications (1V≤VREFH<VDD_ADC_1P8)
Symbol
VADIN
Description
Min
Typ1
Max
Unit
Notes
Input Voltage
VREFL
—
—
4.5
500
—
VREFH
—
V
pF
—
—
CADIN
RADIN
RAS
Input capacitance
Input Resistance
—
—
Ω
—
2
Analog Source Resistance
ADC Conversion Clock Frequency
Sample cycles
—
5
kΩ
fADCK
—
24
—
MHz
—
—
3
Csample
Ccompare
Cconversion
DNL
3.5
—
—
131.5
—
Fixed compare cycles
Conversion cycles
17.5
cycles
cycles
LSB
LSB
—
Cconversion = Csample + Ccompare
—
4
Differential Non-Linearity
Integral Non-Linearity
—
—
± 0.6
± 0.9
-0.5 to +1.1
±1.1
4
INL
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
112
Electrical characteristics
Table 123. ADC electrical specifications (1V≤VREFH<VDD_ADC_1P8) (continued)
Symbol
ENOB
Description
Effective Number of Bits
Min
Typ1
Max
Unit
Notes
5,6,7
—
9.5
—
9.7
10.1
11
—
—
—
—
—
Bits
Bits
Bits
dB
Avg = 1
Avg = 2
9.9
Avg = 16
10.8
SINAD
EG
Signal to Noise plus Distortion
Gain error
SINAD=6.02 x ENOB + 1.76
—
8
—
0.29
0.01
—
%FSV
%FSV
μA
9
EO
Offset error
—
—
—
—
—
10
IVDDA18
Iin,ext,leak
EIL
Supply Current
External Channel Leakage Current
Input leakage error
480
30
500
nA
—
—
RAS * Iin
mV
1
Typical values assume VDD_ANA_1P8 = 1.8 V, Temp = 25 °C, fACLK = Max, unless otherwise stated. Typical values are for
reference only. All values, including Min and Max, are derived from lab characterization and are not tested in production.
2
This resistance is external to the input pad. To achieve the best results, the analog source resistance must be kept as low as
possible. The results in this data sheet were derived from a system that had < 15 Ω analog source resistance. The RAS/CAS
(analog source capacitance) time constant should be kept to < 1 ns.
3
4
5
6
7
See Figure 61.
ADC conversion clock at max frequency and using linear histogram.
Input data used for test was 1 kHz sine wave.
Measured at VREFH = 1 V and pwrsel = 2.
ENOB can be lower than shown, if an ADC channel corrupts other ADC channels through capacitive coupling. This coupling
may be dominated by board parasitics. Care must be taken not to corrupt the desired channel being measured. This coupling
becomes worse at higher analog frequencies and with switching waveforms due to the harmonic content.
8
9
Error measured at fullscale at 1.0 V.
Error measured at zero scale at 0 V.
10 Power Configuration Select, PWRSEL, is set to 10 binary.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
113
Electrical characteristics
The following figure shows a plot of the ADC sample time versus R .
AS
Figure 61. Sample time vs. R
AS
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
114
Boot mode configuration
5 Boot mode configuration
This section provides information on boot mode configuration pins allocation and boot devices interfaces
allocation.
5.1
Boot mode configuration inputs
The following table lists boot option dedicated inputs. These inputs are sampled at reset and can be used
to override fuse values, depending on the value of FORCE_BOOT_FROM_FUSE. After this fuse is
blown, the Boot mode inputs are ignored by ROM; ROM receives 'boot mode' from the
BT_MODE_FUSES fuse. The boot option inputs are in effect when BT_FUSE_SEL fuse is ‘0’ (cleared,
which is the case for an unblown fuse). For detailed boot mode options configured by the Boot mode pins,
see the “System Boot, Fusemap, and eFuse” chapter of the device reference manual.
Table 124. Boot options and associated inputs used for Boot
Interface
IP Instance
Allocated Pads During Boot
SCU_BOOT_MODE0
Comment
BOOT_MODE[0]
BOOT_MODE[1]
BOOT_MODE[2]
BOOT_MODE[3]
BOOT_MODE[4]
BOOT_MODE[5]
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Boot mode selection
SCU_BOOT_MODE1
SCU_BOOT_MODE2
SCU_BOOT_MODE3
SCU_BOOT_MODE4
SCU_BOOT_MODE5
5.2
Boot devices interfaces allocation
The following table lists the interfaces that can be used by the boot process in accordance with the
specific Boot mode configuration. The table also describes the interface’s specific modes and IOMUXC
allocation, which are configured during boot when appropriate.
Table 125. Interface allocation during boot
Interface
MMC
IP Instance
Allocated Pads During Boot
Comment
USDHC-0
EMMC0_CLK, EMMC0_CMD, EMMC0_DATA0, 4 or 8 bit
EMMC0_DATA1, EMMC0_DATA2,
EMMC0_DATA3, EMMC0_DATA4,
EMMC0_DATA5, EMMC0_DATA6,
EMMC0_DATA7, EMMC0_RESET_B
SD/MMC
USDHC-1
USDHC1_CLK, USDHC1_CMD,
4 or 8 bit
USDHC1_DATA0, USDHC1_DATA1,
USDHC1_DATA2, USDHC1_DATA3,
USDHC1_DATA4, USDHC1_DATA5,
USDHC1_DATA6, USDHC1_DATA7,
USDHC1_VSELECT, USDHC1_RESET_B
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
115
Boot mode configuration
Table 125. Interface allocation during boot (continued)
Allocated Pads During Boot
Interface
SD
IP Instance
Comment
USDHC-2
USDHC2_CLK, USDHC2_CMD,
USDHC2_DATA0, USDHC2_DATA1,
USDHC2_DATA2, USDHC2_DATA3,
USDHC2_RESET_B, USDHC2_VSELECT,
USDHC2_CD_B
4 bit
QSPI
QSPI0
QSPI0A_DATA0, QSPI0A_DATA1,
QSPI0A_DATA2, QSPI0A_DATA3,
QSPI0A_DQS, QSPI0A_SS0_B,
QSPI0A_SS1_B, QSPI0A_SCLK,
QSPI0B_SCLK, QSPI0B_DATA0,
QSPI0B_DATA1, QSPI0B_DATA2,
QSPI0B_DATA3, QSPI0B_DQS,
QSPI0B_SS0_B, QSPI0B_SS1_B
4, dual-4, or 8 bit
During boot, QSPI0B can only be used in
combination with QSPI0A, i.e. booting with
4-bit QSPI0B is not supported.
NAND
GPMI
EMMC0_CLK, EMMC0_CMD, EMMC0_DATA0, 8 bit
EMMC0_DATA1, EMMC0_DATA2,
EMMC0_DATA3, EMMC0_DATA4,
EMMC0_DATA5, EMMC0_DATA6,
EMMC0_DATA7, EMMC0_STROBE,
EMMC0_RESET_B,, USDHC1_DATA0,
USDHC1_DATA1
Boot from CS0 only, but will drive CS1to high
when booting if specified in fuse, this is for
Multi-CS NAND chip.
• Single-ended DQS—use EMMC0_CMD
• Single-ended RE—use USDHC1_DATA5
• Differential DQS—
USDHC1_DATA2, USDHC1_DATA3,
USDHC1_DATA4, USDHC1_DATA5
USDHC1_DATA6, USDHC1_DATA7
USDHC1_STROBE
• _N use USDHC1_DATA2
• _P use USDHC1_DATA3
• Differential RE—
• _N use USDHC1_DATA0
• _P use USDHC1_DATA1
USB
USB-OTG
PHY
USB_OTG1_VBUS, USB_OTG1_DP,
USB_OTG1_DN, USB_OTG2_VBUS,
USB_OTG2_DP, USB_OTG2_DN
—
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
116
Package information and contact assignments
6 Package information and contact assignments
This section contains package information and contact assignments for the following package(s):
•
FCPBGA, 29 x 29 mm, 0.75 mm pitch
6.1
FCPBGA, 29 x 29 mm, 0.75 mm pitch
This section includes the following information for the 29 x 29 mm, 0.75 mm pitch package:
•
•
•
Mechanical package drawing
Ball map
Contact assignments
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
117
Package information and contact assignments
6.1.1
29 x 29 mm package case outline
The following figure shows the top, bottom, and side views of the 29 × 29 mm package.
Figure 62. 29 x 29 mm Package Top, Bottom, and Side Views
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
118
NXP Semiconductors
Package information and contact assignments
The notes in the following figure pertain to the preceding figure., “29 x 29 mm Package Top, Bottom, and
Side Views.”
Figure 63. Notes on 29 x 29 mm Package Top, Bottom, and Side Views
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
119
Package information and contact assignments
6.1.2
29 x 29 mm, 0.75 mm pitch ball map
The following page shows the 29 x 29 mm, 0.75 mm pitch ball map.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
120
NXP Semiconductors
29 x 29 mm, 0.75 pitch ballmap
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢆ
ꢇ
ꢈ
ꢀꢉ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢆ
ꢀꢇ
ꢀꢈ
ꢁꢉ
ꢁꢀ
ꢁꢁ
ꢁꢂ
ꢁꢃ
ꢁꢄ
ꢁꢅ
ꢁꢆ
ꢁꢇ
ꢁꢈ
ꢂꢉ
ꢂꢀ
ꢂꢁ
ꢂꢂ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢄ
ꢂꢅ
ꢂꢆ
ꢂꢇ
ꢂꢈ
ꢃꢉ
ꢃꢀ
ꢃꢁ
ꢃꢂ
ꢃꢃ
ꢃꢄ
ꢃꢅ
ꢃꢆ
ꢃꢇ
ꢃꢈ
ꢄꢉ
ꢄꢀ
ꢄꢁ
ꢄꢂ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢖ
ꢚꢔꢙꢛꢍꢀꢁꢄ
ꢎꢍꢁꢄꢎ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢔꢗꢕ
ꢙꢉꢍꢝꢊꢛꢖ
ꢍꢘ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢔꢗꢕ
ꢙꢉꢍꢔꢙꢛꢕꢖ
ꢞꢍꢘ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢔꢗꢕ
ꢙꢀꢍꢔꢙꢛꢕꢖ
ꢞꢍꢘ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢔꢗꢕ
ꢙꢀꢍꢝꢊꢛꢖ
ꢍꢘ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢕꢖꢌꢖꢗꢍꢘ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢁꢍ
ꢋꢌꢖꢙꢖꢔꢗ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢎꢒ
ꢔ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢎꢒ
ꢔ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢌꢊꢗ
ꢊꢉꢍꢕꢟꢉꢍꢜ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢀꢍꢕꢟ
ꢉꢍꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢉꢍꢕꢟ
ꢉꢍꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢌꢌꢂ
ꢍꢗꢟꢍꢜ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢠꢗꢡ
ꢁꢍꢋꢘꢑꢌ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢠꢗꢡ
ꢀꢍꢏꢒ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢠꢗꢡ
ꢀꢍꢋꢘꢑꢌ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢔ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢒꢉ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢒꢁ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢒꢉ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢒꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢊ
ꢘ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢖ
ꢚꢔꢙꢛꢍꢀꢁꢄ
ꢎꢍꢁꢄꢎ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢌꢊꢗ
ꢊꢉꢍꢕꢟꢉꢍ
ꢐ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢍꢔꢗ
ꢙ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢋꢌꢖꢙꢖꢔꢗ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢁꢍ
ꢔꢒꢍꢘ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢌꢊꢗ
ꢊꢉꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢀꢍꢕꢟ
ꢉꢍꢐ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢀꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢜ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢉꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢉꢍꢕꢟ
ꢉꢍꢐ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢌꢌꢂ
ꢍꢗꢟꢍꢐ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢌꢌꢂ
ꢍꢕꢟꢍꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢠꢗꢡ
ꢁꢍꢒꢜ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢠꢗꢡ
ꢀꢍꢒꢜ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢒꢀ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢚꢙꢖꢟꢔꢊꢐ
ꢁꢍꢕꢟ
ꢚꢙꢖꢟꢔꢊꢐ
ꢉꢍꢕꢟ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢁꢍ
ꢕꢖꢌꢖꢗꢍꢘ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢎꢒ
ꢏꢠ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢌꢊꢗ
ꢊꢉꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢀꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢐ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢉꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢌꢌꢂ
ꢍꢕꢟꢍꢜ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢠꢗꢡ
ꢁꢍꢒꢐ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢠꢗꢡ
ꢀꢍꢒꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢒꢁ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢒꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢒꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢔ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢔꢗꢕ
ꢙꢉꢍꢜꢖꢕꢌꢗ
ꢍꢘ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢁꢍ
ꢝꢜ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢎꢒ
ꢏꢠ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢀꢊꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢉ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢀꢊꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢕꢖꢟ
ꢗ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢎꢙꢘꢍꢌꢏꢡꢍ
ꢜ
ꢎꢙꢘꢍꢔꢙꢛ
ꢍꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢒꢂ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢒꢀ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢔ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢒꢂ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢒꢁ
ꢒ
ꢎꢙꢘꢍꢔꢙꢛ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢌꢊꢗ
ꢊꢍꢕꢖꢚꢔꢙ
ꢛꢀꢉꢉꢎꢍꢐ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢍꢔꢗ
ꢙ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢍꢔꢗ
ꢙ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢍꢔꢗ
ꢙ
ꢎꢙꢘꢍꢒꢊꢗ
ꢊ
ꢚꢙꢖꢟꢔꢊꢐ
ꢀꢍꢕꢟ
ꢚꢙꢖꢟꢔꢊꢐ
ꢁꢍꢗꢟ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢀꢊꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢂ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢀꢊꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢁ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢊꢍꢌ
ꢌꢉꢍꢘ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢊꢍꢌ
ꢔꢙꢛ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢕꢖꢚꢍ
ꢞꢕ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢌꢌꢂ
ꢍꢕꢖꢟꢗ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢠꢗꢡ
ꢁꢍꢕꢖꢟꢗ
ꢎꢙꢘꢍꢌꢏꢡꢍ
ꢐ
ꢎꢙꢘꢍꢔꢙꢛ
ꢍꢐ
ꢎꢙꢘꢍꢒꢊꢗ
ꢊꢍꢐ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢉꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢒꢂ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢒꢉ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢕꢟꢒꢂ
ꢖ
ꢎꢙꢘꢍꢌꢏꢡ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢌꢊꢗ
ꢊꢍꢕꢖꢚꢔꢙ
ꢛꢀꢉꢉꢎꢍꢜ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢓꢌꢏꢔ
ꢉꢍꢌꢗꢕꢠꢘ
ꢖ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢌꢌꢂ
ꢍꢗꢔꢁ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢀꢊꢍꢌ
ꢔꢙꢛ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢊꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢀ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢊꢍꢌ
ꢌꢀꢍꢘ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢘꢍꢌ
ꢔꢙꢛ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢘꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢂ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢘꢍꢌ
ꢌꢉꢍꢘ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢠꢗꢡ
ꢁꢍꢏꢒ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢎꢙꢘꢍꢒꢊꢗ
ꢊꢍꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢂ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢅ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢁꢍ
ꢔꢙꢛ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢚ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢔꢗꢕ
ꢙꢀꢍꢜꢖꢕꢌꢗ
ꢍꢘ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢄ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢅ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢚꢙꢖꢟꢔꢊꢐ
ꢀꢍꢗꢟ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢀꢊꢍꢌ
ꢌꢀꢍꢘ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢊꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢊꢍꢒ
ꢞꢌ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢘꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢁ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢉ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢁ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢆ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢌ
ꢗꢕꢠꢘꢖ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢔꢎꢒ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢄ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢁꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀ
ꢖꢐꢖꢗꢀꢍꢕꢡ
ꢎꢏꢏꢍꢗꢟꢒꢁ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢅ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢄ
ꢡ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢎꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢃ
ꢚꢙꢖꢟꢔꢊꢐ
ꢉꢍꢗꢟ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢌꢌꢂ
ꢍꢗꢔꢂ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢀꢊꢍꢒ
ꢞꢌ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢊꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢁ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢊꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢂ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢘꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢉ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢘꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢀ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢘꢍꢒ
ꢞꢌ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢉꢘꢍꢌ
ꢌꢀꢍꢘ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢓꢌꢏꢔ
ꢉꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢛ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢀ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢂ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢄ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢅ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢕ
ꢖꢌꢖꢗꢍꢘ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢃ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢆ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢁꢍ
ꢔꢎꢒ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢁꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢃ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢎꢉ
ꢓ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢌꢌꢂ
ꢍꢗꢔꢉ
ꢞꢌꢜꢏꢀꢊꢍꢌ
ꢌꢉꢍꢘ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢔ
ꢎꢒ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢎꢎꢔꢉꢍꢒ
ꢊꢗꢊꢃ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢔꢙꢛ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢀꢍ
ꢌꢗꢕꢠꢘꢖ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢁꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢂ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢢ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢉꢍꢜ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢈ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢂ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢈ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢉꢍꢜ
ꢛ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢉꢍꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢁ
ꢑꢌꢘꢍꢌꢌꢂ
ꢍꢗꢔꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢌꢒꢓꢔꢁꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢉꢍꢐ
ꢙ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢍꢌꢊꢗ
ꢊꢉꢍꢜꢓꢣꢍ
ꢜꢙꢙꢍꢕꢖꢚꢍ
ꢕꢖꢗꢑꢕꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢘ
ꢍꢌꢌꢂꢍꢙꢒ
ꢠꢍꢀꢜꢉꢍꢔ
ꢊꢜ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢙꢘ
ꢍꢒꢏꢡꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢍꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢘ
ꢍꢌꢌꢂꢍꢗꢔꢍ
ꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢞꢌꢜꢏ
ꢀꢊꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍꢂ
ꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢜꢔꢏꢖ
ꢀꢍꢜꢙꢙꢍꢀꢜ
ꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢜꢔꢏꢖ
ꢍꢌꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍ
ꢀꢜꢉ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢉꢍꢜꢓ
ꢣꢍꢜꢙꢙꢍꢕꢖ
ꢚꢍꢕꢖꢗꢑꢕꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢘ
ꢍꢠꢗꢡꢀꢍꢀꢜ
ꢉ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢘ
ꢍꢠꢗꢡꢁꢍꢂꢜ
ꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢒ
ꢓꢔꢀꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍ
ꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢒ
ꢓꢔꢁꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍ
ꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢖꢐꢖ
ꢗꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍꢂ
ꢜꢂ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢜꢔꢏꢖ
ꢉꢍꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢎ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢖꢐꢖ
ꢗꢍꢎꢒꢏꢠꢍꢀ
ꢜꢇꢍꢁꢜꢄꢍꢂ
ꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢚꢙꢖ
ꢟꢔꢊꢐꢍꢀꢜ
ꢇꢍꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢞꢌꢜꢏ
ꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍꢂꢜ
ꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢜꢔꢏꢖ
ꢍꢌꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍ
ꢜꢙꢙꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢜꢔꢏꢖꢀꢍꢜꢓ
ꢣꢍꢜꢙꢙꢍꢕꢖ
ꢚꢍꢕꢖꢗꢑꢕꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢜꢔꢏꢖ
ꢉꢍꢜꢙꢙꢍꢀꢜ
ꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢜꢔꢏꢖ
ꢍꢙꢒꢠꢍꢀꢜꢉ
ꢍꢔꢊꢜ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢘ
ꢍꢠꢗꢡꢁꢍꢀꢜ
ꢉ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢘ
ꢍꢠꢗꢡꢀꢍꢂꢜ
ꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢖꢎꢎ
ꢔꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍꢂ
ꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢒ
ꢓꢔꢀꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍ
ꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢖꢐꢖ
ꢗꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍꢂ
ꢜꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢀꢍꢜ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢎꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢆ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢜꢔꢏꢖ
ꢀꢍꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢆ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢎꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢀꢍꢜ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢀꢍꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢃ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢄ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢉꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢄ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢃ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢀꢍꢐ
ꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢕ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢒ
ꢓꢔꢍꢋꢌꢖꢙ
ꢖꢔꢗꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍ
ꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢖꢐꢖ
ꢗꢀꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍꢁ
ꢜꢄꢍꢂꢜꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢈ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢗꢠꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢜꢔꢏꢖ
ꢍꢒꢏꢡꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢜꢔꢏꢖ
ꢍꢏꢠꢘꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢙꢘ
ꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢗꢠꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢈ
ꢗ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢅ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢗꢠꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢋꢕꢖꢚ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢐꢊ
ꢀꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢜꢔꢏꢖ
ꢍꢙꢒꢠꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢐꢊ
ꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢐꢊ
ꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢋꢕꢖꢚ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢗꢠꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢅ
ꢑ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢘ
ꢍꢓꢌꢏꢔꢉꢍꢀ
ꢜꢁ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢑꢌꢘ
ꢍꢓꢌꢏꢔꢉꢍꢀ
ꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢃ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢆ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢔꢛꢉꢍꢜ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢅ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢃ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢃ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢅ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢔꢛꢉꢍꢜ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢆ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢃ
ꢝ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢄ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢔꢛꢉꢍꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢄ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢄ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢉꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢔꢛꢉꢍꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢄ
ꢣ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢊꢊ
ꢊꢘ
ꢊꢔ
ꢊꢒ
ꢊꢖ
ꢊꢚ
ꢊꢡ
ꢊꢓ
ꢊꢢ
ꢊꢛ
ꢊꢙ
ꢊꢎ
ꢊꢐ
ꢊꢜ
ꢊꢕ
ꢊꢗ
ꢊꢑ
ꢊꢋ
ꢊꢝ
ꢊꢣ
ꢘꢊ
ꢘꢘ
ꢘꢔ
ꢘꢒ
ꢘꢖ
ꢘꢚ
ꢘꢡ
ꢘꢓ
ꢘꢢ
ꢘꢛ
ꢘꢙ
ꢘꢎ
ꢘꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞꢍꢔꢛꢖ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞꢍꢔꢛꢖ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢂꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢔꢛꢀꢍꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢈ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢃ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢃ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢈ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢔꢛꢀꢍꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢂꢀ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞꢍꢔꢛꢖ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞꢍꢔꢛꢖ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢂꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢔꢛꢀꢍꢜ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢆ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢀꢆ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢔꢛꢀꢍꢜ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢂꢉ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞꢍꢔꢛꢖ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞꢍꢔꢛꢖ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢊꢍꢜꢙꢙꢍꢀ
ꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢊꢍꢜꢙꢙꢍꢀ
ꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢂꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢆ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢈ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢅ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢡꢜꢑ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢅ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢈ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢆ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢂꢁ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢄ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢂꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢊꢗꢠ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢤꢞ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢤꢞ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢊꢗꢠ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢂꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢔꢚꢁꢄ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢁꢍꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢄ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢄ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢁꢍꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢀꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢒꢒꢕ
ꢍꢔꢓꢉꢍꢋꢒ
ꢒꢞ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢁꢍꢜ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢈ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢎꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢃ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢂꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢐꢊ
ꢁꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢂꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢃ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢎꢁ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢈ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢁꢍꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢒꢔ
ꢍꢒꢏꢡꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢐꢊ
ꢂꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢖꢎ
ꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢌꢏꢎꢉ
ꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢃꢍ
ꢡꢜꢗꢍꢑꢊꢕ
ꢗꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍꢂꢜ
ꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢂꢍꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢆ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢆ
ꢋꢕꢖꢚꢓꢍꢊ
ꢒꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢒꢔ
ꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢆ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢆ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢂꢍꢐ
ꢊꢒꢔꢍꢏꢐꢅ
ꢊꢒꢔꢍꢏꢐꢃ
ꢊꢒꢔꢍꢏꢐꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢌꢏꢎꢉꢍꢜꢒ
ꢌꢏꢎꢉꢍꢔꢙꢛ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢃꢍ
ꢡꢜꢗꢍꢑꢊꢕ
ꢗꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍꢂꢜ
ꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢌꢜꢏꢍ
ꢌꢊꢏꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍ
ꢂꢜꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢂꢍꢜ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢅ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢅ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢕꢖꢚꢙꢍꢊ
ꢒꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢎꢃꢉꢍꢏꢁꢔꢉ
ꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢅ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢀꢅ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢌꢂꢍꢜ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢄꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢄꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢌꢜꢏꢍ
ꢌꢊꢏꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍ
ꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢔꢜꢍ
ꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢌꢔꢑ
ꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢊꢒꢔꢍꢏꢐꢀ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢄꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢌꢏꢎꢉꢍꢏꢠ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢖꢌꢊꢏ
ꢉꢍꢎꢔꢙꢛꢍꢀ
ꢜꢇꢍꢂꢜꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢎꢂ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢈ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢌꢔꢑ
ꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢀꢜ
ꢇꢍꢔꢊꢜ
ꢎꢃꢀꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢉ
ꢌꢏꢎꢉꢍꢡꢜꢏ
ꢠꢉꢍꢉꢉ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢈ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢎꢂ
ꢊꢒꢔꢍꢏꢐꢆ
ꢊꢒꢔꢍꢏꢐꢁ
ꢊꢒꢔꢍꢏꢐꢉ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢄꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢌꢏꢎꢉꢍꢕꢌꢗ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢖꢌꢊꢏ
ꢉꢍꢎꢔꢙꢛꢍꢀ
ꢜꢇꢍꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢌꢔꢑ
ꢍꢊꢐꢊꢍꢀꢜ
ꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢇ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢀ
ꢍꢒꢞꢂꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢊꢕꢗꢀꢍꢕ
ꢗꢌꢍꢘ
ꢎꢃꢀꢍꢏꢁꢔꢉ
ꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢎꢃꢉꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢂꢀ
ꢒꢒꢕꢍꢔꢓꢉ
ꢍꢒꢞꢁꢇ
ꢊꢒꢔꢍꢏꢐꢄ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢄꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢄꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢗꢟ
ꢄꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢌꢐꢋ
ꢌꢍꢃꢜꢁ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢊꢕꢗꢀꢍꢕ
ꢟ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢏꢎꢉꢍꢜꢠ
ꢝꢖꢕꢍꢖꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢄꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢊꢆꢁ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢖꢌꢊꢏ
ꢀꢍꢌꢜꢒꢏꢚꢍ
ꢌꢜꢏꢍꢀꢜꢇꢍꢂ
ꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢓꢒꢎꢏ
ꢍꢕꢟꢉꢍꢙꢒ
ꢠꢉꢍꢀꢜꢉꢍꢔ
ꢊꢜ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢓꢒꢎꢏ
ꢍꢕꢟꢉꢍꢙꢒ
ꢠꢀꢍꢀꢜꢉꢍꢔ
ꢊꢜ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢒꢌꢏꢍꢒꢏꢡꢍꢀ
ꢜꢇꢍꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢌꢔꢑ
ꢍꢟꢗꢊꢙꢍꢀꢜ
ꢇ
ꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢕꢟꢚ
ꢌ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢉꢍꢗꢟ
ꢄꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢉꢍꢗꢟ
ꢁꢍꢕꢟꢂ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢗꢟ
ꢁꢍꢕꢟꢂ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢉ
ꢑꢊꢕꢗꢉꢍꢕ
ꢗꢌꢍꢘ
ꢎꢃꢀꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢀ
ꢎꢃꢀꢍꢏꢁꢔꢉ
ꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢎꢃꢉꢍꢏꢁꢔꢉ
ꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢎꢃꢉꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢀ
ꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢗꢟꢒ
ꢌꢜꢏꢁꢍꢔꢌꢉ
ꢌꢜꢏꢁꢍꢌꢒꢠ
ꢌꢜꢏꢉꢍꢔꢌꢉ
ꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢗꢟꢔ
ꢌꢜꢏꢁꢍꢌꢔꢛ
ꢌꢜꢏꢉꢍꢌꢒꢏ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢓꢒꢎꢏ
ꢍꢕꢟꢉꢍꢋꢓ
ꢍꢕꢟꢍꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢔꢌꢏꢍꢒꢏꢡꢍꢀ
ꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢙꢋꢒ
ꢌꢍꢒꢏꢡꢍꢀꢜ
ꢇꢍꢂꢜꢂ
ꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢗꢟꢚ
ꢌ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢉꢍꢗꢟ
ꢃꢍꢕꢟꢀ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢗꢟ
ꢂꢍꢕꢟꢁ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢓꢒꢎꢏ
ꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢓꢒꢎꢏ
ꢍꢕꢟꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢙꢋꢒ
ꢌꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢙꢋꢒ
ꢌꢉꢍꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢀ
ꢑꢊꢕꢗꢀꢍꢔ
ꢗꢌꢍꢘ
ꢑꢊꢕꢗꢉꢍꢗ
ꢟ
ꢑꢊꢕꢗꢉꢍꢕ
ꢟ
ꢡꢜꢗꢉꢍꢔꢊ
ꢜꢗꢑꢕꢖ
ꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢕꢟꢒ
ꢌꢜꢏꢁꢍꢌꢒꢏ
ꢌꢜꢏꢉꢍꢌꢔꢛ
ꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢕꢟꢔ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢓꢒꢎꢏ
ꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢙꢒꢠ
ꢍꢀꢜꢉꢍꢔꢊꢜ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢓꢒꢎꢏ
ꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢒꢏꢡ
ꢍꢂꢜꢂ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍꢜꢙꢙꢍ
ꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍꢜꢙꢙꢍ
ꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢌꢐꢋ
ꢌꢍꢙꢒꢠꢍꢀꢜ
ꢇꢍꢔꢊꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢉꢍꢚꢌ
ꢕ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢓꢒꢎꢏ
ꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍ
ꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢙꢋꢒ
ꢌꢀꢍꢀꢜꢇ
ꢋꢒꢒꢍꢙꢋꢒ
ꢌꢀꢍꢀꢜꢉ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢁ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢑꢊꢕꢗꢉꢍꢔ
ꢗꢌꢍꢘ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢡꢜꢗꢉꢍꢔꢠ
ꢎꢜꢊꢕꢖ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢉꢍꢌꢔ
ꢛꢗ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢌꢔ
ꢛꢗ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢗꢟ
ꢃꢍꢕꢟꢀ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢘꢠꢠ
ꢗꢍꢎꢠꢒꢖꢃ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢄ
ꢜꢎꢏꢔꢍꢏꢁꢔꢍ
ꢌꢔꢙ
ꢑꢊꢕꢗꢀꢍꢗ
ꢟ
ꢡꢜꢗꢀꢍꢔꢊ
ꢜꢗꢑꢕꢖ
ꢌꢜꢏꢁꢍꢔꢌꢀ
ꢌꢜꢏꢉꢍꢌꢒꢠ
ꢡꢜꢗꢉꢍꢔꢙꢛ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢜꢎꢏꢔ
ꢍꢌꢗꢊꢐꢒꢘ
ꢣ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢉꢍꢗꢟ
ꢀ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢉꢍꢗꢟ
ꢉ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢗꢟ
ꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢘꢠꢠ
ꢗꢍꢎꢠꢒꢖꢂ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢢꢗꢊꢡꢍꢗꢎ
ꢌ
ꢡꢜꢗꢀꢍꢔꢠ
ꢎꢜꢊꢕꢖ
ꢌꢜꢏꢉꢍꢔꢌꢀ
ꢡꢜꢗꢀꢍꢔꢙꢛ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢉꢍꢌꢔ
ꢛꢕ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢘꢠꢠ
ꢗꢍꢎꢠꢒꢖꢉ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢂ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢝꢒꢠ
ꢡꢍꢠꢑꢗ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢗꢖꢌꢗꢍꢎꢠ
ꢒꢖꢍꢌꢖꢙꢖꢔ
ꢗ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢜꢎꢏꢔ
ꢍꢎꢖꢎꢔꢍꢠ
ꢐ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢉꢍꢗꢟ
ꢂꢍꢕꢟꢁ
ꢌꢜꢒꢏꢚꢉꢍꢕ
ꢟ
ꢌꢜꢒꢏꢚꢉꢍꢗ
ꢟ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢘꢠꢠ
ꢗꢍꢎꢠꢒꢖꢀ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢃ
ꢢꢗꢊꢡꢍꢗꢔ
ꢛ
ꢎꢔꢙꢛꢍꢏꢐꢉ
ꢌꢐꢋꢌꢍꢗꢊ
ꢎꢜꢖꢕꢍꢠꢑ
ꢗꢀ
ꢌꢐꢋꢌꢍꢗꢊ
ꢎꢜꢖꢕꢍꢠꢑ
ꢗꢉ
ꢊꢐꢊꢍꢗꢖꢌ
ꢎꢔꢙꢛꢍꢠꢑ
ꢗꢉ
ꢌꢜꢒꢏꢚꢉꢍꢖ
ꢟꢗꢍꢔꢙꢛ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢌꢔ
ꢛꢕ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢡꢜꢏꢠꢉꢍꢉꢀ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢡꢜꢏꢠꢉꢍꢉꢉ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢏꢁ
ꢔꢀꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢡ
ꢜꢏꢠꢉꢉ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢏꢁ
ꢔꢉꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢏꢁ
ꢔꢉꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢡ
ꢜꢏꢠꢉꢀ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢢꢗꢊꢡꢍꢗꢒ
ꢠ
ꢌꢜꢏꢂꢍꢔꢌꢀ
ꢗꢍꢠꢑꢗꢀꢍꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢒꢔꢍꢌꢒ
ꢊ
ꢊꢐꢊꢍꢗꢖꢌ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢚꢌ
ꢕ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢏꢁꢔꢉꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢂꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢔꢙꢛꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢏꢁꢔꢉꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢏꢁꢔꢉꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢏꢁꢔꢉꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢏꢁ
ꢔꢉꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢏꢁ
ꢔꢀꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢏꢁ
ꢔꢀꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢡ
ꢜꢏꢠꢉꢉ
ꢌꢐꢋꢌꢍꢗꢊ
ꢌꢐꢋꢌꢍꢗꢊ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢠꢐꢍꢠꢚꢚꢍ
ꢘꢑꢗꢗꢠꢐ
ꢢꢗꢊꢡꢍꢗꢕ
ꢌꢗꢍꢘ
ꢌꢜꢏꢂꢍꢌꢒꢏ
ꢜꢠꢕꢍꢘ
ꢢꢗꢊꢡꢍꢗꢒꢏ
ꢗꢍꢠꢑꢗꢀꢍꢜ
ꢎꢜꢖꢕꢍꢏꢐꢉ
ꢎꢜꢖꢕꢍꢏꢐꢀ
ꢜꢎꢏꢔꢍꢖꢊꢕ
ꢙꢣꢍꢝꢊꢕꢐ
ꢏꢐꢡ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢗꢟ
ꢉ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢀꢍꢚꢌ
ꢗ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢓꢜꢒ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢂꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢔꢙꢛꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢆ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢜꢏꢂꢍꢌꢒꢠ
ꢌꢜꢏꢂꢍꢌꢔꢛ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢒꢔꢍꢌꢔ
ꢙ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢊꢑꢟꢍꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢖꢌꢊꢏꢉꢍꢚꢌ
ꢗ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢏꢁꢔꢉꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢂꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢔꢙꢛꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍꢜ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢡꢜꢏꢠ
ꢉꢍꢉꢅ
ꢜꢎꢏꢔꢍꢏꢁꢔꢍ
ꢌꢒꢊ
ꢊꢐꢊꢍꢗꢖꢌ
ꢌꢜꢏꢂꢍꢔꢌꢉ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢂꢍꢐ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢁꢍꢐ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢀꢍꢐ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢐ
ꢓꢀꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢐ
ꢗꢍꢠꢑꢗꢉꢍꢜ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢒꢔꢍꢌꢔ
ꢙ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢊꢑꢟꢍꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢓꢜꢒ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢂꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢔꢙꢛꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢏꢁꢔꢉꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢂꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢔꢙꢛꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍꢐ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢡ
ꢜꢏꢠꢉꢀ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢜꢎꢏꢔꢍꢏꢐꢗꢍ
ꢘ
ꢊꢐꢊꢍꢗꢖꢌ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢂꢍꢜ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢁꢍꢜ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢀꢍꢜ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢜ
ꢓꢀꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢜ
ꢗꢍꢠꢑꢗꢉꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢎꢔꢙꢛꢍꢠꢑ
ꢗ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢔꢖꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢕꢖꢟꢗ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢔꢖꢔ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢕꢖꢟꢗ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢂꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢔꢙꢛꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢘꢠꢠ
ꢗꢍꢎꢠꢒꢖꢁ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢖꢒꢜ
ꢂꢍꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢡꢜꢏꢠꢉꢍꢉꢀ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍꢜ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢌꢔꢑ
ꢍꢟꢗꢊꢙ
ꢌꢔꢑꢍꢘꢠꢠ
ꢗꢍꢎꢠꢒꢖꢄ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢂꢍꢐ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢀꢍꢐ
ꢓꢀꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢐ
ꢓꢉꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢐ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢀꢍꢐ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢂꢍꢐ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢐ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢁꢍꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢖꢒꢜ
ꢂꢍꢜ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍ
ꢖꢒꢜꢁꢍꢜ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍ
ꢖꢒꢜꢀꢍꢜ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍ
ꢖꢒꢜꢉꢍꢜ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍ
ꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍ
ꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢊꢕꢔꢍꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢡꢜꢏꢠꢉꢍꢉꢉ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢂꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢔꢙꢛꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍꢜ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢏꢁ
ꢔꢉꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢕꢗꢔꢍꢟꢗꢊ
ꢙꢠ
ꢜꢎꢏꢔꢍꢠꢐꢍ
ꢕꢖꢞ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢟꢗꢊꢙꢠ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢁꢍꢐ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢐ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢐ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢁꢍꢐ
ꢓꢉꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢐ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢀꢍꢐ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢂꢍꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍ
ꢖꢒꢜꢁꢍꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍ
ꢖꢒꢜꢀꢍꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍ
ꢖꢒꢜꢉꢍꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍ
ꢜ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍ
ꢜ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍ
ꢜ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢜ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢊꢕꢔꢍꢜ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢡꢜꢏꢠꢉꢍꢉꢀ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢡꢜꢏꢠꢉꢍꢉꢉ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢀꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢉꢍꢐ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢌꢔꢑ
ꢍꢟꢗꢊꢙ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢌꢔꢑ
ꢍꢟꢗꢊꢙ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢂꢍꢜ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢀꢍꢜ
ꢓꢀꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢜ
ꢓꢉꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢜ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢀꢍꢜ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢂꢍꢜ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢜ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢁꢍꢜ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢒꢒꢔꢍꢌꢒ
ꢊ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢎꢔꢙꢛꢍꢠꢑ
ꢗ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢗꢌꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢗꢟꢉ
ꢍꢗꢌꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢓꢒꢎꢏꢍꢕꢟꢉ
ꢍꢎꢠꢐꢍꢄꢋ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢡꢜꢏꢠꢉꢍꢉꢀ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢡꢜꢏꢠꢉꢍꢉꢉ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢀꢍ
ꢏꢁꢔꢉꢍꢌꢔꢙ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢔꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢏꢁꢔꢉꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢊꢏ
ꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢂꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢔꢙꢛꢍꢐ
ꢎꢏꢜꢏꢍꢒꢌꢏꢉꢍ
ꢒꢊꢗꢊꢁꢍꢐ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢏꢁ
ꢔꢀꢍꢌꢒꢊ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢀꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢙꢋꢒꢌꢉꢍꢔ
ꢕꢗꢔꢍꢟꢗꢊ
ꢙꢏ
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢌꢔꢑ
ꢍꢟꢗꢊꢙ
ꢟꢗꢊꢙꢏ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢁꢍꢜ
ꢓꢀꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢜ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢉꢍꢜ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢁꢍꢜ
ꢓꢉꢍꢔꢙꢛꢍꢜ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢀꢍꢜ
ꢓꢉꢍꢗꢟꢂꢍꢜ
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
ꢀ21
Package information and contact assignments
6.1.3
29 x 29 mm power supplies and functional contact assignments
The following table shows power supplies contact assignments for the 29 × 29 mm package.
Table 126. 29 x 29 mm power supplies contact assignments
Power rail
Ball reference
VDD_A53
VDD_A72
AM22, AM26, AN23, AP24, AR21, AR25, AT22
AL29, AL33, AM30, AM34, AN27, AN31, AN35, AP28, AP32, AR29, AR33, AT34
VDD_ADC_1P8
AL15
VDD_ADC_DIG_1P8
AK16
VDD_ANA0_1P8
U29, U31
VDD_ANA1_1P8
U25
VDD_ANA2_1P8
AJ35
VDD_ANA3_1P8
AK20
VDD_CP_1P8
AN37
VDD_DDR_CH0_VDDA_PLL_1P8
VDD_DDR_CH0_VDDQ
VDD_DDR_CH0_VDDQ_CKE
VDD_DDR_CH1_VDDA_PLL_1P8
VDD_DDR_CH1_VDDQ
VDD_DDR_CH1_VDDQ_CKE
VDD_EMMC0_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET_MDIO_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET0_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET1_1P8_2P5_3P3
VDD_ESAI0_MCLK_1P8_3P3
VDD_ESAI1_SPDIF_SPI_1P8_3P3
VDD_FLEXCAN_1P8_3P3
VDD_GPU0
AE43
AA39, AE39, AF38, AG39, AH38, AJ39, U39, V38, W39, Y38
AB38, AC39, AD38
AE11
AA15, AE15, AF16, AG15, AH16, AJ15, U15, V16, W15, Y16
AB16, AC15, AD16
N35
N17
M40, N39
T38
AP16, AR15
AU15
N15
AA19, AB20, AC21, AD18, AD22, AE19, V20, W21, Y18, Y22
VDD_GPU1
AA35, AB32, AB36, AC33, AD34, AE35, U35, V36, W33, Y34
VDD_HDMI_RX0_LDO0_1P0_CAP1
VDD_HDMI_RX0_LDO1_1P0_CAP1
VDD_HDMI_RX0_VH_RX_3P31
VDD_HDMI_TX0_1P0
AU19
AU21
AV20
AV16
AW17
VDD_HDMI_TX0_1P8
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
122
Package information and contact assignments
Table 126. 29 x 29 mm power supplies contact assignments (continued)
Power rail
Ball reference
VDD_HDMI_TX0_DIG_3P3
VDD_HDMI_TX0_LDO_1P0_CAP
VDD_LVDS_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_LVDS0_1P0
AW21
AW15
AV32
AV36
VDD_LVDS0_1P8
AV34
VDD_LVDS1_1P0
AW35
VDD_LVDS1_1P8
AW33
VDD_M1P8_CAP
AP42
VDD_M4_GPT_UART_1P8_3P3
VDD_MAIN
AL39, AM38
AA23, AA27, AA31, AB24, AB28, AC25, AC29, AD26, AD30, AE23, AE27, AE31, AF20,
AF24, AF28, AF32, AF36, AG21, AG33, AH18, AH34, AJ19, AJ31, AK32, AK36, AL17,
AL21, AL25, AL37, AM18, AN19, AP20, AP36, AR17, AR37, AT18, AT26, AT30, AU35,
T34, U19, U23, V24, V32, W25, W29, Y26, Y30
VDD_MEMC
AC17, AC37, AG17, AG25, AG29, AG37, AH22, AH26, AH30, AJ23, AJ27, AK24, AK28,
W17, W37
VDD_MIPI_CSI_DIG_1P8
VDD_MIPI_CSI0_1P0
VDD_MIPI_CSI0_1P8
VDD_MIPI_CSI1_1P0
VDD_MIPI_CSI1_1P8
VDD_MIPI_DSI_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_MIPI_DSI0_1P0
VDD_MIPI_DSI0_1P8
VDD_MIPI_DSI0_PLL_1P0
VDD_MIPI_DSI1_1P0
VDD_MIPI_DSI1_1P8
VDD_MIPI_DSI1_PLL_1P0
VDD_MLB_1P82
AV22
AV26
AV24
AW25
AU23
AU27
AU29
AW31
AW29
AV28
AV30
AW27
T30
VDD_MLB_DIG_1P8_3P33
VDD_PCIE_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_PCIE_IOB_1P8
M14
T22
T26
VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P0_CAP
VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P8
VDD_PCIE_SATA0_1P01
N29
U27
M24
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
123
Package information and contact assignments
Table 126. 29 x 29 mm power supplies contact assignments (continued)
Power rail
Ball reference
VDD_PCIE_SATA0_PLL_1P81
VDD_PCIE0_1P0
N21
M26
VDD_PCIE0_PLL_1P8
VDD_PCIE1_1P0
N27
N25
VDD_PCIE1_PLL_1P8
VDD_QSPI0_1P8_3P3
VDD_QSPI1A_1P8_3P3
VDD_SCU_1P8
M22
N19
M18
AN39, AP38
AR39
AU39
AK42
AT38
AW39
AM16, AN15
V26
VDD_SCU_ANA_1P8
VDD_SCU_XTAL_1P8
VDD_SIM0_1P8_3P3
VDD_SNVS_4P2
VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP
VDD_SPI_SAI_1P8_3P3
VDD_USB_HSIC0_1P2
VDD_USB_HSIC0_1P8
VDD_USB_OTG1_1P0
VDD_USB_OTG1_3P3
VDD_USB_OTG2_1P0
VDD_USB_OTG2_3P3
VDD_USB_SS3_LDO_1P0_CAP
VDD_USB_SS3_TC_3P3
VDD_USDHC_VSELECT_1P8_3P3
VDD_USDHC1_1P8_3P3
VDD_USDHC2_1P8_3P3
VREFH_ADC
V28
M32
N33
N31
M34
M30
M16
T18
M36, N37
M38
AL11
AM10
VREFL_ADC
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
124
Package information and contact assignments
Table 126. 29 x 29 mm power supplies contact assignments (continued)
Power rail
Ball reference
VSS_MAIN
A23, A3, A31, A51, AA1, AA11, AA13, AA17, AA21, AA25, AA29, AA3, AA33, AA37,
AA41, AA43, AA45, AA47, AA49, AA5, AA51, AA53, AA7, AA9, AB12, AB18, AB22,
AB26, AB30, AB34, AB42, AC13, AC19, AC23, AC27, AC31, AC35, AC41, AD10, AD12,
AD2, AD20, AD24, AD28, AD32, AD36, AD4, AD42, AD44, AD46, AD48, AD50, AD52,
AD6, AD8, AE13, AE17, AE21, AE25, AE29, AE33, AE37, AE41, AF12, AF18, AF22,
AF26, AF30, AF34, AF42, AG1, AG11, AG13, AG19, AG23, AG27, AG3, AG31, AG35,
AG41, AG43, AG45, AG47, AG49, AG5, AG51, AG53, AG7, AG9, AH12, AH20, AH24,
AH28, AH32, AH36, AH42, AJ13, AJ17, AJ21, AJ25, AJ29, AJ33, AJ37, AJ41, AK10,
AK12, AK18, AK2, AK22, AK26, AK30, AK34, AK38, AK4, AK44, AK46, AK48, AK50,
AK52, AK6, AK8, AL13, AL19, AL23, AL27, AL31, AL35, AL41, AM12, AM20, AM24,
AM28, AM32, AM36, AM42, AM46, AM8, AN1, AN13, AN17, AN21, AN25, AN29, AN3,
AN33, AN41, AN43, AN47, AN49, AN5, AN51, AN53, AN7, AP12, AP18, AP22, AP26,
AP30, AP34, AR11, AR19, AR23, AR27, AR31, AR35, AR49, AR5, AT12, AT16, AT2,
AT20, AT24, AT28, AT32, AT36, AT4, AT42, AT46, AT50, AT52, AT6, AT8, AU17, AU25,
AU31, AU33, AU37, AV12, AV38, AV42, AW11, AW19, AW23, AW3, AW37, AW43,
AW47, AW51, AW7, B12, B14, B18, B28, B36, B46, B6, BA13, BA15, BA17, BA19, BA21,
BA23, BA25, BA27, BA29, BA31, BA33, BA35, BA37, BA39, BA41, BA45, BB10, BB14,
BB16, BB18, BB2, BB20, BB22, BB24, BB26, BB28, BB30, BB32, BB34, BB36, BB38,
BB40, BB48, BB52, BB6, BC11, BC13, BC15, BC17, BC19, BC21, BC23, BC25, BC27,
BC29, BC31, BC33, BC35, BC37, BC39, BC41, BC43, BD14, BD16, BD18, BD20, BD22,
BD24, BD26, BD48, BD50, BE3, BE45, BE7, BE9, BF26, BF28, BF30, BF32, BF34,
BF36, BF38, BF4, BF40, BF42, BF44, BF52, BG11, BG13, BG15, BG17, BG19, BG21,
BG23, BG47, BG7, BH22, BH4, BJ25, BJ27, BJ29, BJ3, BJ31, BJ33, BJ35, BJ37, BJ39,
BJ41, BJ43, BJ45, BJ47, BJ49, BJ5, BJ51, BK10, BK12, BK14, BK16, BK18, BK20,
BK22, BK46, BK6, BK8, BL1, BL21, BL53, BM10, BM46, BN21, BN3, C1, C11, C15, C19,
C21, C23, C29, C31, C33, C41, C43, C49, C53, C9, D16, D18, D24, D26, D28, D34, D36,
D38, D40, D6, E19, E21, E47, E9, F12, F2, F24, F32, F36, F4, F44, F50, F52, G15, G21,
G23, G27, G33, G39, G49, G5, G9, J1, J13, J15, J17, J19, J21, J23, J25, J29, J3, J31,
J35, J37, J41, J47, J49, J5, J51, J53, J7, K12, K14, K16, K18, K20, K22, K24, K26, K28,
K30, K32, K34, K36, K38, K40, K42, K46, K8, L11, L13, L15, L17, L19, L21, L23, L25,
L27, L29, L31, L33, L35, L37, L39, L41, L43, M10, M2, M4, M44, M46, M48, M50, M52,
M6, M8, N13, N41, P12, P42, R1, R11, R15, R17, R19, R21, R23, R25, R27, R29, R3,
R31, R33, R35, R37, R39, R43, R45, R47, R49, R5, R51, R53, R7, R9, T12, T16, T20,
T24, T28, T32, T36, T42, U17, U21, U33, U37, V10, V12, V18, V2, V22, V30, V34, V4,
V42, V44, V46, V48, V50, V52, V6, V8, W19, W23, W27, W31, W35, Y12, Y20, Y24, Y28,
Y32, Y36, Y42
VSS_SCU_XTAL
BK48, BM48, BM50, BN51
1
2
3
HDMI-RX is not currently supported, the related power and signal connections are provided for future use when it is expected
HDMI-RX support will be enabled.
MLB is not supported on this product. The MLB power rail must be tied to the voltage specified in Table 8 or may be terminated,
per the Hardware Developer’s Guide power supplies of unused functions.
MLB is not supported on this product. This MLB power rail must be tied to the voltage specified in Table 8 if other I/O functions
are used, as determined by IOMUX selection. Alternately, terminate the MLB supply, per the Hardware Developer’s Guide power
supplies of unused functions.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
125
Package information and contact assignments
The following table shows functional contact assignments for the 29 × 29 mm package.
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
AP10
AN11
AP8
AR9
AN9
AR7
AL9
AP6
BH52
BG53
BD2
BE1
H28
J27
ADC_IN0
ADC_IN1
VDD_ADC_3P3
GPIO
ALT0
ADC_IN0
ADC_IN1
ADC_IN2
ADC_IN3
ADC_IN4
ADC_IN5
ADC_IN6
ADC_IN7
PD
ADC_IN2
ADC_IN3
ADC_IN4
ADC_IN5
ADC_IN6
ADC_IN7
ANA_TEST_OUT0_N
ANA_TEST_OUT0_P
ANA_TEST_OUT1_N
ANA_TEST_OUT1_P
EMMC0_CLK
VDD_SCU_ANA_1P8
VDD_SCU_ANA_1P8
VDD_EMMC0_1P8_3P3
ANA
NXP Internal Use Only
(Leave Unconnected)
FASTD ALT1
ALT0
NAND_READY_B
EMMC0_CMD
PU
PD
EMMC0_CMD
G29
H30
G31
H32
J33
EMMC0_DATA0
EMMC0_DATA1
EMMC0_DATA2
EMMC0_DATA3
EMMC0_DATA4
EMMC0_DATA5
EMMC0_DATA6
EMMC0_DATA7
EMMC0_RESET_B
EMMC0_STROBE
ENET0_MDC
EMMC0_DATA0
EMMC0_DATA1
EMMC0_DATA2
EMMC0_DATA3
EMMC0_DATA4
EMMC0_DATA5
EMMC0_DATA6
EMMC0_DATA7
LSIO.GPIO5.IO13
EMMC0_STROBE
LSIO.GPIO4.IO14
ENET0_MDIO
H34
H36
G35
H38
G37
A9
GPIO
ALT3
PU
PD
PD
PU
PD
PD
FASTD ALT0
VDD_ENET_MDIO_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET0_1P8_3P3
GPIO
ALT3
ALT0
ALT3
D10
B10
E43
B44
A47
ENET0_MDIO
ENET0_REFCLK_125M_25M
ENET0_RGMII_RX_CTL
ENET0_RGMII_RXC
ENET0_RGMII_RXD0
LSIO.GPIO4.IO15
ENET0_RGMII_RX_CTL
ENET0_RGMII_RXC
ENET0_RGMII_RXD0
FASTD ALT0
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
126
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Default function
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
State2
D44
C45
E45
E41
A41
A43
B42
A45
D42
A13
C13
A11
E49
B50
E51
C51
D52
E53
B48
D46
A49
C47
G47
D48
AW9
BG9
BB8
AY8
BA9
BA7
AU9
BC5
ENET0_RGMII_RXD1
ENET0_RGMII_RXD2
ENET0_RGMII_RXD3
ENET0_RGMII_TX_CTL
ENET0_RGMII_TXC
ENET0_RGMII_TXD0
ENET0_RGMII_TXD1
ENET0_RGMII_TXD2
ENET0_RGMII_TXD3
ENET1_MDC
VDD_ENET0_1P8_3P3
FASTD ALT0
ENET0_RGMII_RXD1
ENET0_RGMII_RXD2
ENET0_RGMII_RXD3
LSIO.GPIO5.IO31
LSIO.GPIO5.IO30
LSIO.GPIO6.IO00
LSIO.GPIO6.IO01
LSIO.GPIO6.IO02
LSIO.GPIO6.IO03
LSIO.GPIO4.IO18
ENET1_MDIO
PD
ALT3
PD
VDD_ENET_MDIO_1P8_3P3
VDD_ENET1_1P8_2P5_3P3
GPIO
ALT3
ALT0
ALT3
PD
PU
PD
PD
ENET1_MDIO
ENET1_REFCLK_125M_25M
ENET1_RGMII_RX_CTL
ENET1_RGMII_RXC
ENET1_RGMII_RXD0
ENET1_RGMII_RXD1
ENET1_RGMII_RXD2
ENET1_RGMII_RXD3
ENET1_RGMII_TX_CTL
ENET1_RGMII_TXC
ENET1_RGMII_TXD0
ENET1_RGMII_TXD1
ENET1_RGMII_TXD2
ENET1_RGMII_TXD3
ESAI0_FSR
LSIO.GPIO4.IO16
ENET1_RGMII_RX_CTL
ENET1_RGMII_RXC
ENET1_RGMII_RXD0
ENET1_RGMII_RXD1
ENET1_RGMII_RXD2
ENET1_RGMII_RXD3
LSIO.GPIO6.IO11
LSIO.GPIO6.IO10
LSIO.GPIO6.IO12
LSIO.GPIO6.IO13
LSIO.GPIO6.IO14
LSIO.GPIO6.IO15
ESAI0_FSR
FASTD ALT0
ALT3
PD
VDD_ESAI0_MCLK_1P8_3P3
GPIO
ALT0
PD
ESAI0_FST
ESAI0_FST
ESAI0_SCKR
ESAI0_SCKR
ESAI0_SCKT
ESAI0_SCKT
ESAI0_TX0
ESAI0_TX0
ESAI0_TX1
ESAI0_TX1
ESAI0_TX2_RX3
ESAI0_TX2_RX3
ESAI0_TX3_RX2
ESAI0_TX3_RX2
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
127
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
AV8
AU7
ESAI0_TX4_RX1
ESAI0_TX5_RX0
ESAI1_FSR
VDD_ESAI0_MCLK_1P8_3P3
GPIO
ALT0
ESAI0_TX4_RX1
ESAI0_TX5_RX0
ESAI1_FSR
PD
BE11
BF12
BD12
AY10
BF10
BA11
AU11
AV10
AY12
AT10
C5
VDD_ESAI1_SPDIF_SPI_1P8_3P3 GPIO
ALT0
PD
ESAI1_FST
ESAI1_FST
ESAI1_SCKR
ESAI1_SCKR
ESAI1_SCKT
ESAI1_SCKT
ESAI1_TX0
ESAI1_TX0
ESAI1_TX1
ESAI1_TX1
ESAI1_TX2_RX3
ESAI1_TX3_RX2
ESAI1_TX4_RX1
ESAI1_TX5_RX0
FLEXCAN0_RX
FLEXCAN0_TX
FLEXCAN1_RX
FLEXCAN1_TX
FLEXCAN2_RX
FLEXCAN2_TX
GPT0_CAPTURE
GPT0_CLK
ESAI1_TX2_RX3
ESAI1_TX3_RX2
ESAI1_TX4_RX1
ESAI1_TX5_RX0
FLEXCAN0_RX
LSIO.GPIO3.IO30
FLEXCAN1_RX
LSIO.GPIO4.IO00
FLEXCAN2_RX
LSIO.GPIO4.IO02
GPT0_CAPTURE
GPT0_CLK
VDD_FLEXCAN_1P8_3P3
VDD_M4_GPT_UART_1P8_3P3
VDD_HDMI_RX0_1P8
GPIO
GPIO
HDMI
ALT0
ALT3
ALT0
ALT3
ALT0
ALT3
ALT0
PD
PD
PD
PD
PD
PD
PD
H6
E5
G7
C3
E7
AV52
AY52
AW53
AY50
BA53
BA51
BL13
BM14
BJ9
GPT0_COMPARE
GPT1_CAPTURE
GPT1_CLK
GPT0_COMPARE
GPT1_CAPTURE
GPT1_CLK
GPT1_COMPARE
HDMI_RX0_ARC_N3
HDMI_RX0_ARC_P3
HDMI_RX0_CEC3
HDMI_RX0_CLK_N3
HDMI_RX0_CLK_P3
HDMI_RX0_DATA0_N3
HDMI_RX0_DATA0_P3
HDMI_RX0_DATA1_N3
HDMI_RX0_DATA1_P3
GPT1_COMPARE
Not muxed
BL11
BM12
BL15
BM16
BL17
BM18
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
128
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
BL19
BM20
BH10
BE13
BF14
BN11
BJ11
BG3
BH2
BJ1
HDMI_RX0_DATA2_N3
HDMI_RX0_DATA2_P3
HDMI_RX0_DDC_SCL3
HDMI_RX0_DDC_SDA3
HDMI_RX0_HPD3
VDD_HDMI_RX0_1P8
HDMI
Not muxed
HDMI_RX0_MON_5V3
HDMI_RX0_REXT3
HDMI_TX0_AUX_N
VDD_HDMI_TX0_1P8
HDMI
Not muxed
HDMI_TX0_AUX_P
HDMI_TX0_CEC
BK2
HDMI_TX0_CLK_EDP3_N
HDMI_TX0_CLK_EDP3_P
HDMI_TX0_DATA0_EDP2_N
HDMI_TX0_DATA0_EDP2_P
HDMI_TX0_DATA1_EDP1_N
HDMI_TX0_DATA1_EDP1_P
HDMI_TX0_DATA2_EDP0_N
HDMI_TX0_DATA2_EDP0_P
HDMI_TX0_DDC_SCL
HDMI_TX0_DDC_SDA
HDMI_TX0_HPD
BL3
BM4
BL5
BM6
BL7
BM8
BL9
BG1
BN5
BH8
BJ7
HDMI_TX0_REXT
BN9
BN7
BC51
BE51
BD52
HDMI_TX0_TS_SCL
HDMI_TX0_TS_SDA
JTAG_TCK
VDD_HDMI_TX0_DIG_3P3
VDD_SCU_1P8
GPIO
TEST
ALT0
HDMI_TX0_TS_SCL
HDMI_TX0_TS_SDA
Not muxed
PU
PD
PU
JTAG_TDI
JTAG_TDO
Drive-
0
BA49
BE53
JTAG_TMS
PU
JTAG_TRST_B
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
129
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
BL41
BN41
BK42
BM42
BL43
BN43
BK44
BM44
BL45
BN45
BG45
BH46
BG43
BH44
BG41
BH42
BG39
BH40
BG37
BH38
BE39
BD40
BD38
BD36
BE37
BE35
LVDS0_CH0_CLK_N
LVDS0_CH0_CLK_P
LVDS0_CH0_TX0_N
LVDS0_CH0_TX0_P
LVDS0_CH0_TX1_N
LVDS0_CH0_TX1_P
LVDS0_CH0_TX2_N
LVDS0_CH0_TX2_P
LVDS0_CH0_TX3_N
LVDS0_CH0_TX3_P
LVDS0_CH1_CLK_N
LVDS0_CH1_CLK_P
LVDS0_CH1_TX0_N
LVDS0_CH1_TX0_P
LVDS0_CH1_TX1_N
LVDS0_CH1_TX1_P
LVDS0_CH1_TX2_N
LVDS0_CH1_TX2_P
LVDS0_CH1_TX3_N
LVDS0_CH1_TX3_P
LVDS0_GPIO00
VDD_LVDS0_1P8
LVDS
Not muxed
VDD_LVDS0_1P8
LVDS
Not muxed
VDD_LVDS_DIG_1P8_3P3
GPIO
ALT0
LVDS0_GPIO00
LVDS0_GPIO01
PD
PU
LVDS0_GPIO01
LVDS0_I2C0_SCL
LVDS0_I2C0_SDA
LVDS0_I2C1_SCL
LVDS0_I2C1_SDA
LVDS0_I2C0_SCL
LVDS0_I2C0_SDA
LVDS0_I2C1_SCL
LVDS0_I2C1_SDA
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
130
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
BK36
BM36
BL37
BN37
BK38
BM38
BL39
BN39
BK40
BM40
BK34
BM34
BL33
BN33
BK32
BM32
BL31
BN31
BK30
BM30
BD34
BH36
BL35
BE33
BD32
BN35
LVDS1_CH0_CLK_N
LVDS1_CH0_CLK_P
LVDS1_CH0_TX0_N
LVDS1_CH0_TX0_P
LVDS1_CH0_TX1_N
LVDS1_CH0_TX1_P
LVDS1_CH0_TX2_N
LVDS1_CH0_TX2_P
LVDS1_CH0_TX3_N
LVDS1_CH0_TX3_P
LVDS1_CH1_CLK_N
LVDS1_CH1_CLK_P
LVDS1_CH1_TX0_N
LVDS1_CH1_TX0_P
LVDS1_CH1_TX1_N
LVDS1_CH1_TX1_P
LVDS1_CH1_TX2_N
LVDS1_CH1_TX2_P
LVDS1_CH1_TX3_N
LVDS1_CH1_TX3_P
LVDS1_GPIO00
VDD_LVDS1_1P8
LVDS
Not muxed
VDD_LVDS1_1P8
LVDS
Not muxed
VDD_LVDS_DIG_1P8_3P3
GPIO
ALT0
LVDS1_GPIO00
LVDS1_GPIO01
PD
PU
LVDS1_GPIO01
LVDS1_I2C0_SCL
LVDS1_I2C0_SDA
LVDS1_I2C1_SCL
LVDS1_I2C1_SDA
LVDS1_I2C0_SCL
LVDS1_I2C0_SDA
LVDS1_I2C1_SCL
LVDS1_I2C1_SDA
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
131
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
AR47
AU53
AM44
AU51
AP44
AU47
AR45
AU49
BC3
M40_GPIO0_00
M40_GPIO0_01
VDD_M4_GPT_UART_1P8_3P3
GPIO
ALT0
M40_GPIO0_00
M40_GPIO0_01
M40_I2C0_SCL
M40_I2C0_SDA
M41_GPIO0_00
M41_GPIO0_01
M41_I2C0_SCL
M41_I2C0_SDA
MCLK_IN0
PD
M40_I2C0_SCL
PU
PD
PU
M40_I2C0_SDA
M41_GPIO0_00
M41_GPIO0_01
M41_I2C0_SCL
M41_I2C0_SDA
MCLK_IN0
VDD_ESAI0_MCLK_1P8_3P3
VDD_MIPI_CSI0_1P8
GPIO
CSI
ALT0
ALT3
PD
PD
BD4
MCLK_OUT0
LSIO.GPIO3.IO01
Not muxed
BE21
BF20
BE23
BF22
BE19
BF18
BE25
BF24
BE17
BF16
BL23
BM22
BH24
BN19
BJ23
MIPI_CSI0_CLK_N
MIPI_CSI0_CLK_P
MIPI_CSI0_DATA0_N
MIPI_CSI0_DATA0_P
MIPI_CSI0_DATA1_N
MIPI_CSI0_DATA1_P
MIPI_CSI0_DATA2_N
MIPI_CSI0_DATA2_P
MIPI_CSI0_DATA3_N
MIPI_CSI0_DATA3_P
MIPI_CSI0_GPIO0_00
MIPI_CSI0_GPIO0_01
MIPI_CSI0_I2C0_SCL
MIPI_CSI0_I2C0_SDA
MIPI_CSI0_MCLK_OUT
VDD_MIPI_CSI0_1P8
VDD_MIPI_CSI_DIG
CSI
Not muxed
GPIO
ALT0
ALT3
MIPI_CSI0_GPIO0_00
MIPI_CSI0_GPIO0_01
MIPI_CSI0_I2C0_SCL
MIPI_CSI0_I2C0_SDA
LSIO.GPIO1.IO29
PD
PU
PD
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
132
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
BH16
BJ17
BH18
BJ19
BH14
BJ15
BH20
BJ21
BH12
BJ13
BN15
BN13
BN17
BE15
BN23
BN27
BL27
BM28
BK28
BM26
BK26
BN29
BL29
BN25
BL25
BD30
BD28
BE29
BE31
MIPI_CSI1_CLK_N
MIPI_CSI1_CLK_P
VDD_MIPI_CSI1_1P8
CSI
Not muxed
MIPI_CSI1_DATA0_N
MIPI_CSI1_DATA0_P
MIPI_CSI1_DATA1_N
MIPI_CSI1_DATA1_P
MIPI_CSI1_DATA2_N
MIPI_CSI1_DATA2_P
MIPI_CSI1_DATA3_N
MIPI_CSI1_DATA3_P
MIPI_CSI1_GPIO0_00
MIPI_CSI1_GPIO0_01
MIPI_CSI1_I2C0_SCL
MIPI_CSI1_I2C0_SDA
MIPI_CSI1_MCLK_OUT
MIPI_DSI0_CLK_N
VDD_MIPI_CSI_DIG
GPIO
ALT0
ALT3
MIPI_CSI1_GPIO0_00
MIPI_CSI1_GPIO0_01
MIPI_CSI1_I2C0_SCL
MIPI_CSI1_I2C0_SDA
LSIO.GPIO1.IO29
PD
PU
PD
VDD_MIPI_DSI0_1P8
DSI
Not muxed
MIPI_DSI0_CLK_P
MIPI_DSI0_DATA0_N
MIPI_DSI0_DATA0_P
MIPI_DSI0_DATA1_N
MIPI_DSI0_DATA1_P
MIPI_DSI0_DATA2_N
MIPI_DSI0_DATA2_P
MIPI_DSI0_DATA3_N
MIPI_DSI0_DATA3_P
MIPI_DSI0_GPIO0_00
MIPI_DSI0_GPIO0_01
MIPI_DSI0_I2C0_SCL
MIPI_DSI0_I2C0_SDA
VDD_MIPI_DSI_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_MIPI_DSI_DIG_1P8_3P3
GPIO
GPIO
ALT0
ALT0
MIPI_DSI0_GPIO0_00
MIPI_DSI0_GPIO0_01
MIPI_DSI0_I2C0_SCL
MIPI_DSI0_I2C0_SDA
PD
PD
PU
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
133
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
BH30
BG31
BH32
BG33
BH28
BG29
BH34
BG35
BH26
BG27
BM24
BK24
BE27
BG25
D2
MIPI_DSI1_CLK_N
MIPI_DSI1_CLK_P
MIPI_DSI1_DATA0_N
MIPI_DSI1_DATA0_P
MIPI_DSI1_DATA1_N
MIPI_DSI1_DATA1_P
MIPI_DSI1_DATA2_N
MIPI_DSI1_DATA2_P
MIPI_DSI1_DATA3_N
MIPI_DSI1_DATA3_P
MIPI_DSI1_GPIO0_00
MIPI_DSI1_GPIO0_01
MIPI_DSI1_I2C0_SCL
MIPI_DSI1_I2C0_SDA
MLB_CLK4
VDD_MIPI_DSI1_1P8
DSI
Not muxed
VDD_MIPI_DSI_DIG_1P8_3P3
GPIO
ALT0
ALT0
MIPI_DSI1_GPIO0_00
MIPI_DSI1_GPIO0_01
MIPI_DSI1_I2C0_SCL
MIPI_DSI1_I2C0_SDA
MLB_CLK
PD
PU
PD
VDD_MLB_DIG_1P8_3P3
VDD_MLB_1P8
GPIO
MLB
E3
MLB_DATA4
MLB_DATA
E1
MLB_SIG4
MLB_SIG
E33
MLB_CLK_N5
Not muxed
PD
D32
MLB_CLK_P5
E35
MLB_DATA_N5
F34
MLB_DATA_P5
E31
MLB_SIG_N5
D30
MLB_SIG_P5
BE47
A17
ON_OFF_BUTTON
PCIE_CTRL0_CLKREQ_B
PCIE_CTRL0_PERST_B
PCIE_CTRL0_WAKE_B
PCIE_CTRL1_CLKREQ_B
PCIE_CTRL1_PERST_B
PCIE_CTRL1_WAKE_B
VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP
VDD_PCIE_DIG_1P8_3P3
ANA
Not muxed
PU
PD
GPIO
ALT0
PCIE_CTRL0_CLKREQ_B
PCIE_CTRL0_PERST_B
PCIE_CTRL0_WAKE_B
PCIE_CTRL1_CLKREQ_B
PCIE_CTRL1_PERST_B
PCIE_CTRL1_WAKE_B
D20
A15
PU
PD
A25
G25
A27
PU
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
134
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
E23
D22
PCIE_REF_QR
PCIE_REXT
VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P8
PCIE
Not muxed
M20 PCIE_SATA0_PHY_PLL_REF_RETURN3
M28
N23
E25
PCIE0_PHY_PLL_REF_RETURN
PCIE1_PHY_PLL_REF_RETURN
PCIE_SATA_REFCLK100M_N3
PCIE_SATA_REFCLK100M_P3
PCIE_SATA0_RX0_N3
PCIE_SATA0_RX0_P3
PCIE_SATA0_TX0_N3
PCIE_SATA0_TX0_P3
PCIE0_RX0_N
VDD_PCIE_LDO_1P0_CAP
PCIE
HCSL compatiable clock
Not muxed
F26
B20
Not muxed
A19
C17
B16
B30
A29
PCIE0_RX0_P
C27
B26
PCIE0_TX0_N
PCIE0_TX0_P
B22
PCIE1_RX0_N
A21
PCIE1_RX0_P
C25
B24
PCIE1_TX0_N
PCIE1_TX0_P
BF50
AY46
BG51
BH50
BL51
PMIC_EARLY_WARNING
PMIC_I2C_SCL
VDD_SCU_1P8
SCU
ALT0
PMIC_EARLY_WARNING
PMIC_I2C_SCL
PMIC_I2C_SDA
PMIC_INT_B
PD
PU
PMIC_I2C_SDA
PMIC_INT_B
PMIC_ON_REQ
VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP
VDD_SCU_1P8
ANA
SCU
Not muxed
Drive-
1
BE49
POR_B
PU
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
135
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
G13
F14
H14
H16
G17
E17
E15
F16
H18
H20
G19
F20
H22
F18
F22
H24
D12
D14
E13
E11
H12
F10
J11
QSPI0A_DATA0
QSPI0A_DATA1
QSPI0A_DATA2
QSPI0A_DATA3
QSPI0A_DQS
QSPI0A_SCLK
QSPI0A_SS0_B
QSPI0A_SS1_B
QSPI0B_DATA0
QSPI0B_DATA1
QSPI0B_DATA2
QSPI0B_DATA3
QSPI0B_DQS
QSPI0B_SCLK
QSPI0B_SS0_B
QSPI0B_SS1_B
QSPI1A_DATA0
QSPI1A_DATA1
QSPI1A_DATA2
QSPI1A_DATA3
QSPI1A_DQS
QSPI1A_SCLK
QSPI1A_SS0_B
QSPI1A_SS1_B
RTC_XTALI
VDD_QSPI0_1P8_3P3
FASTD ALT0
FASTD ALT0
FASTD ALT0
ANA
QSPI0A_DATA0
QSPI0A_DATA1
QSPI0A_DATA2
QSPI0A_DATA3
QSPI0A_DQS
PD
QSPI0A_SCLK
QSPI0A_SS0_B
QSPI0A_SS1_B
QSPI0B_DATA0
QSPI0B_DATA1
QSPI0B_DATA2
QSPI0B_DATA3
QSPI0B_DQS
VDD_QSPI0_1P8_3P3
PD
QSPI0B_SCLK
QSPI0B_SS0_B
QSPI0B_SS1_B
QSPI1A_DATA0
QSPI1A_DATA1
QSPI1A_DATA2
QSPI1A_DATA3
QSPI1A_DQS
PU
PD
VDD_QSPI1A_1P8_3P3
QSPI1A_SCLK
QSPI1A_SS0_B
QSPI1A_SS1_B
Not muxed
PU
PD
G11
BN47
BL47
AV6
AV4
AU3
AU5
AU1
AV2
VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP
VDD_SPI_SAI_1P8_3P3
RTC_XTALO
SAI1_RXC
GPIO
ALT0
SAI1_RXC
SAI1_RXD
SAI1_RXFS
SAI1_TXC
SAI1_TXD
SAI1_TXFS
SAI1_RXD
SAI1_RXFS
SAI1_TXC
SAI1_TXD
SAI1_TXFS
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
136
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
BB44
BC45
BJ53
BA43
AY42
BK52
AU43
AV44
AW45
BB46
BC47
AY44
BG49
BF48
BC53
BA47
BB50
AL45
AP46
AN45
AL43
AT48
AP48
BE41
BE43
BD46
BD42
BD6
SCU_BOOT_MODE0
SCU_BOOT_MODE1
SCU_BOOT_MODE2
SCU_BOOT_MODE3
SCU_BOOT_MODE4
SCU_BOOT_MODE5
SCU_GPIO0_00
SCU_GPIO0_01
SCU_GPIO0_02
SCU_GPIO0_03
SCU_GPIO0_04
SCU_GPIO0_05
SCU_GPIO0_06
SCU_GPIO0_07
SCU_PMIC_MEMC_ON
SCU_PMIC_STANDBY
SCU_WDOG_OUT
SIM0_CLK
VDD_SCU_1P8
SCU
Not muxed
PD
ALT0
ALT0
SCU_BOOT_MODE4
SCU_BOOT_MODE5
SCU_GPIO0_00
SCU_GPIO0_01
SCU_GPIO0_02
SCU_GPIO0_03
SCU_GPIO0_04
SCU_GPIO0_05
SCU_GPIO0_06
SCU_GPIO0_07
Not muxed
VDD_SCU_1P8
VDD_SCU_1P8
GPIO
GPIO
PD
PU
PD
PD
ALT0
VDD_SCU_1P8
SCU
PD
Drive-
0
VDD_SIM0_1P8_3P3
GPIO
ALT3
LSIO.GPIO0.IO00
LSIO.GPIO0.IO05
LSIO.GPIO0.IO02
SIM0_PD
PD
SIM0_GPIO0_00
SIM0_IO
SIM0_PD
PD
PD
SIM0_POWER_EN
SIM0_RST
LSIO.GPIO0.IO04
SIM0_RST
SNVS_TAMPER_IN0
SNVS_TAMPER_IN1
SNVS_TAMPER_OUT0
SNVS_TAMPER_OUT1
SPDIF0_EXT_CLK
SPDIF0_RX
VDD_SNVS_LDO_1P8_CAP
ANA
Not muxed
Hi-Z
VDD_ESAI1_SPDIF_SPI_1P8_3P3 GPIO
ALT0
ALT3
SPDIF0_EXT_CLK
SPDIF0_RX
PD
PD
BC7
BC9
SPDIF0_TX
LSIO.GPIO2.IO15
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
137
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
BC1
BA3
BB4
BA5
AY6
SPI0_CS0
SPI0_CS1
VDD_SPI_SAI_1P8_3P3
GPIO
ALT0
SPI0_CS0
SPI0_CS1
PD
SPI0_SCK
SPI0_SCK
SPI0_SDI
SPI0_SDI
SPI0_SDO
ALT3
ALT0
LSIO.GPIO3.IO03
SPI2_CS0
PD
PD
AW1
AY2
SPI2_CS0
SPI2_CS1
SPI2_CS1
AW5
AY4
SPI2_SCK
SPI2_SCK
SPI2_SDI
SPI2_SDI
BA1
BG5
BD8
BF6
SPI2_SDO
ALT3
ALT0
LSIO.GPIO3.IO08
SPI3_CS0
PD
PD
SPI3_CS0
VDD_ESAI1_SPDIF_SPI_1P8_3P3 GPIO
VDD_ESAI1_SPDIF_SPI_1P8_3P3 GPIO
SPI3_CS1
SPI3_CS1
SPI3_SCK
ALT0
ALT3
SPI3_SCK
PD
BE5
BF2
SPI3_SDI
SPI3_SDI
SPI3_SDO
LSIO.GPIO2.IO18
Not muxed
PD
PD
PD
PD
PD
PD
PD
PD
PD
PD
Hi-Z
BC49
AW49
AU45
AV50
AV48
AV46
AR43
AT44
AY48
H26
TEST_MODE_SELECT
UART0_CTS_B
UART0_RTS_B
UART0_RX
VDD_SCU_1P8
SCU
VDD_M4_GPT_UART_1P8_3P3
GPIO
ALT0
ALT3
ALT0
ALT3
ALT0
ALT3
ALT0
ALT3
UART0_CTS_B
LSIO.GPIO0.IO22
UART0_RX
UART0_TX
LSIO.GPIO0.IO21
UART1_CTS_B
LSIO.GPIO0.IO26
UART1_RX
UART1_CTS_B
UART1_RTS_B
UART1_RX
UART1_TX
LSIO.GPIO0.IO24
USB_HSIC0_DATA
USB_HSIC0_STROBE
Not muxed
USB_HSIC0_DATA
USB_HSIC0_STROBE
USB_OTG1_DN
USB_OTG1_DP
USB_OTG1_ID
USB_OTG1_VBUS
VDD_USB_HSIC0_1P2
VDD_USB_OTG1_3P3
FASTD ALT0
F28
C39
OTG
B40
A37
A39
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
138
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
C37
B38
F30
E29
A35
E27
B34
C35
B32
A33
J9
USB_OTG2_DN
USB_OTG2_DP
USB_OTG2_ID
USB_OTG2_REXT
USB_OTG2_VBUS
USB_SS3_REXT
USB_SS3_RX_N
USB_SS3_RX_P
USB_SS3_TX_N
USB_SS3_TX_P
USB_SS3_TC0
USB_SS3_TC1
USB_SS3_TC2
USB_SS3_TC3
USDHC1_CLK
VDD_USB_OTG2_3P3
OTG
USB3
GPIO
Not muxed
VDD_USB_SS3_LDO_1P0_CAP
Not muxed
VDD_USB_SS3_TC_3P3
ALT0
USB_SS3_TC0
USB_SS3_TC1
USB_SS3_TC2
USB_SS3_TC3
USDHC1_CLK
PU
L9
F8
H10
J39
VDD_USDHC1_1P8_3P3
VDD_USDHC1_1P8_3P3
FASTD ALT0
FASTD ALT0
Drive-
0
G41
E37
F38
E39
F40
H40
G43
F42
H42
J43
A5
USDHC1_CMD
USDHC1_DATA0
USDHC1_DATA1
USDHC1_DATA2
USDHC1_DATA3
USDHC1_DATA4
USDHC1_DATA5
USDHC1_DATA6
USDHC1_DATA7
USDHC1_STROBE
USDHC1_RESET_B
USDHC1_VSELECT
USDHC2_CD_B
USDHC1_CMD
USDHC1_DATA0
USDHC1_DATA1
USDHC1_DATA2
USDHC1_DATA3
USDHC1_DATA4
USDHC1_DATA5
USDHC1_DATA6
USDHC1_DATA7
USDHC1_STROBE
LSIO.GPIO4.IO07
LSIO.GPIO4.IO07
USDHC2_CD_B
PD
PU
VDD_USDHC_VSELECT_1P8_3P3 GPIO
ALT3
ALT0
PU
PU
B4
B8
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
139
Package information and contact assignments
Table 127. 29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments (continued)
Reset Condition
Ball
Ball
Ball Name
Power Domain
Type1
Default
mode
Default function
State2
F46
H44
H48
G45
L45
J45
USDHC2_CLK
USDHC2_CMD
USDHC2_DATA0
USDHC2_DATA1
USDHC2_DATA2
USDHC2_DATA3
USDHC2_RESET_B
USDHC2_VSELECT
USDHC2_WP
VDD_USDHC2_1P8_3P3
FASTD ALT3
ALT0
LSIO.GPIO5.IO24
USDHC2_CMD
USDHC2_DATA0
USDHC2_DATA1
USDHC2_DATA2
USDHC2_DATA3
LSIO.GPIO4.IO09
LSIO.GPIO4.IO10
USDHC2_WP
PD
PD
PU
C7
VDD_USDHC_VSELECT_1P8_3P3 GPIO
ALT3
ALT0
PU
PD
A7
D8
BN49
BL49
XTALI
VDD_SCU_XTAL_1P8
ANA
Not muxed
XTALO
1
2
FASTD are GPIO balls configured for high speed operation using the FASTFRZ control.
Reset condition shown is before boot code execution. For pad changes after boot code execution, see the “System Boot” chapter of
the device reference manual,
3
HDMI-RX is not currently supported, the related power and signal connections are provided for future use when it is expected
HDMI-RX support will be enabled.
4
5
MLB is not supported on this device. Users may choose alternate functions as determined by the IOMUX.
MLB is not supported on this device. Terminate these outputs per the Hardware Developer’s Guide for unused I/O signals.
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
140
NXP Semiconductors
Package information and contact assignments
The following table shows the DRAM pin function for the 29 x 29 mm package.
Table 128. 29 x 29 mm DRAM pin function
LPDDR4 Function
Ball Name
x = 0 x = 1
Notes
DDR_CHx_ATO
AF46 AF8
—
CK_c_A
CK_t_A
CK_c_B
CK_t_B
CA2_A
CA4_A
—
NXP Internal Use Only (Leave Unconnected)
DDR_CHx_CK0_N
DDR_CHx_CK0_P
DDR_CHx_CK1_N
DDR_CHx_CK1_P
DDR_CHx_DCF00
DDR_CHx_DCF01
DDR_CHx_DCF02
DDR_CHx_DCF03
DDR_CHx_DCF04
DDR_CHx_DCF05
DDR_CHx_DCF06
DDR_CHx_DCF07
DDR_CHx_DCF08
DDR_CHx_DCF09
DDR_CHx_DCF10
DDR_CHx_DCF11
DDR_CHx_DCF12
DDR_CHx_DCF13
DDR_CHx_DCF14
DDR_CHx_DCF15
DDR_CHx_DCF16
DDR_CHx_DCF17
DDR_CHx_DCF18
DDR_CHx_DCF19
DDR_CHx_DCF20
DDR_CHx_DCF21
DDR_CHx_DCF22
DDR_CHx_DCF23
DDR_CHx_DCF24
Y50
Y4
The exact clock and control line connections will be
dependent on the memory configuration in use. Refer to
the Hardware Developers Guide (HDG) for further details.
W49
W5
AB50 AB4
AC49 AC5
U47
W47
Y48
Y46
U7
W7
Y6
Y8
CA5_A
—
W43 W11
Y44
W45
W51
T48
T52
T50
U51
U49
T46
W53
Y52
U53
Y10
W9
W3
T6
—
—
—
CA3_A
—
T2
T4
CS0_A
CA0_A
CS1_A
—
U3
U5
T8
W1
Y2
U1
CKE0_A
CKE1_A
CA1_A
CA4_B
RESET_N
CA5_B
—
AC47 AC7
AB48 AB6
AB46 AB8
AC43 AC11
AE45 AE9
AC51 AC3
AC45 AC9
AB44 AB10
—
—
—
—
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
141
Package information and contact assignments
Table 128. 29 x 29 mm DRAM pin function (continued)
Ball Name
x = 0 x = 1
LPDDR4 Function
Notes
DDR_CHx_DCF25
DDR_CHx_DCF26
DDR_CHx_DCF27
DDR_CHx_DCF28
DDR_CHx_DCF29
DDR_CHx_DCF30
DDR_CHx_DCF31
DDR_CHx_DCF32
DDR_CHx_DCF33
DDR_CHx_DM0
DDR_CHx_DM1
DDR_CHx_DM2
DDR_CHx_DM3
DDR_CHx_DQ00
DDR_CHx_DQ01
DDR_CHx_DQ02
DDR_CHx_DQ03
DDR_CHx_DQ04
DDR_CHx_DQ05
DDR_CHx_DQ06
DDR_CHx_DQ07
DDR_CHx_DQ08
DDR_CHx_DQ09
DDR_CHx_DQ10
DDR_CHx_DQ11
DDR_CHx_DQ12
DDR_CHx_DQ13
DDR_CHx_DQ14
DDR_CHx_DQ15
DDR_CHx_DQ16
DDR_CHx_DQ17
DDR_CHx_DQ18
DDR_CHx_DQ19
AF52 AF2
AE47 AE7
AE51 AE3
AF50 AF4
AE49 AE5
AC53 AC1
AB52 AB2
AE53 AE1
AF48 AF6
—
The exact clock and control line connections will be
dependent on the memory configuration in use. Refer to
the Hardware Developers Guide (HDG) for further details.
CA3_B
CA0_B
CS0_B
CS1_B
CKE0_B
CKE1_B
CA1_B
CA2_B
DMI[3..0]
H52
N47
H2
N7
The exact mask, strobe and data connections to memory
are flexible as long as the correct byte mapping is used,
there is no restriction on the bit connections within each
byte.
AJ47 AJ7
AP52 AP2
DM0 -> DQS0(_N/P) -> DQ[7..0]
DM1 -> DQS1(_N/P) -> DQ[15..8]
DM2 -> DQS2(_N/P) -> DQ[23..16]
DM3 -> DQS3(_N/P) -> DQ[31..24]
P44
N45
L47
K48
H50
G53
G51
N43
L49
K50
N51
L51
P46
N49
P50
P48
P10
N9
L7
DQ[31..0]
K6
H4
G1
G3
N11
L5
K4
N3
L3
P8
N5
P4
P6
AM50 AM4
AL49 AL5
AL51 AL3
AJ51 AJ3
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
142
Package information and contact assignments
Table 128. 29 x 29 mm DRAM pin function (continued)
Ball Name
x = 0 x = 1
LPDDR4 Function
Notes
DDR_CHx_DQ20
DDR_CHx_DQ21
DDR_CHx_DQ22
DDR_CHx_DQ23
DDR_CHx_DQ24
DDR_CHx_DQ25
DDR_CHx_DQ26
DDR_CHx_DQ27
DDR_CHx_DQ28
DDR_CHx_DQ29
DDR_CHx_DQ30
DDR_CHx_DQ31
DDR_CHx_DQS0_N
DDR_CHx_DQS0_P
DDR_CHx_DQS1_N
DDR_CHx_DQS1_P
DDR_CHx_DQS2_N
DDR_CHx_DQS2_P
DDR_CHx_DQS3_N
DDR_CHx_DQS3_P
DDR_CHx_DTO0
DDR_CHx_DTO1
DDR_CHx_VREF
DDR_CHx_ZQ
AJ49 AJ5
AH46 AH8
AH48 AH6
AH50 AH4
AJ45 AJ9
AH44 AH10
AM48 AM6
AL47 AL7
AR53 AR1
AP50 AP4
AJ43 AJ11
AR51 AR3
DQ[31..0]
The exact mask, strobe and data connections to memory
are flexible as long as the correct byte mapping is used,
there is no restriction on the bit connections within each
byte.
DM0 -> DQS0(_N/P) -> DQ[7..0]
DM1 -> DQS1(_N/P) -> DQ[15..8]
DM2 -> DQS2(_N/P) -> DQ[23..16]
DM3 -> DQS3(_N/P) -> DQ[31..24]
L53
K52
P52
N53
L1
K2
P2
N1
DQS[3..0]_c maps to _N
DQS[3..0]_t maps to _P
AH52 AH2
AJ53 AJ1
AL53 AL1
AM52 AM2
U45
T44
U43
U9
T10
U11
—
—
—
—
NXP Internal Use Only (Leave Unconnected)
—
—
AF44 AF10
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
NXP Semiconductors
143
Release Notes
7 Release Notes
This table provides release notes for the data sheet.
Table 129. Data sheet release notes
Substantive Change(s)
Rev.
Number
Date
2
05/2021 • Clarified LVDS Tx port information in Table 1, "i.MX 8QuadPlus advanced features" under Display I/O.
• Updated Table 2, "i.MX 8QuadPlus Orderable part numbers" information.
• Updated the example in Section 1.2, “System Controller Firmware (SCFW) Requirements".
• Corrected document IDs in Table 3, "Related resources".
• Updated LVDS information and clarified KHz for XTAL OSC32K in Table 4, "i.MX 8QuadPlus modules
list".
• In Table 8, "Operating ranges", added min frequency for VDD_A72 and VDD_A53.
• Updated note in Section 4.1.5, “Maximum Supply Currents".
• Updated the value ranges in Table 26, "LVDS PHY PLL".
• Updated footnotes pointing to Section 4.6.2, “Input Signal Monotonic Requirements" in Table 30,
Table 31, Table 32, Table 33, Table 34, Table 35, and Table 36.
• Corrected test conditions in Table 38, "LPDDR4 DC parameters".
• Added Section 4.6.2, “Input Signal Monotonic Requirements".
• Corrected maximum frequency test conditions and footnotes 2 and 3 in Table 40, "General Purpose I/O
AC Parameters".
• In Table 81, "LVDS pins", updated single channel values.
• Updated PCI Express Gen 2 values for AOPENING and added footnote to Table 93, "PCIe receiver eye
specifications for example standards".
• Rewrote introductory paragraph for Section 5.1, “Boot mode configuration inputs".
• Clarified QSPI information in Table 125, "Interface allocation during boot".
• Corrected default function for Ball AP46 in Table 127, "29 × 29 mm functional contact assignments".
• Corrected x=0 column value for DDR_CHx_DTO1 in Table 128, "29 x 29 mm DRAM pin function".
i.MX 8QuadPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors, Rev. 2, 05/2021
144
NXP Semiconductors
How To Reach Us
Home Page:
Limited warranty and liability — Information in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However,
NXP Semiconductors does not give any representations or warranties, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy or
completeness of such information and shall have no liability for the consequences of use of such information. NXP
Semiconductors takes no responsibility for the content in this document if provided by an information source outside
of NXP Semiconductors. In no event shall NXP Semiconductors be liable for any indirect, incidental, punitive, special
or consequential damages (including - without limitation - lost profits, lost savings, business interruption, costs related
to the removal or replacement of any products or rework charges) whether or not such damages are based on tort
(including negligence), warranty, breach of contract or any other legal theory.
nxp.com
Web Support:
nxp.com/support
Notwithstanding any damages that customer might incur for any reason whatsoever, NXP Semiconductors’ aggregate
and cumulative liability towards customer for the products described herein shall be limited in accordance with the
Terms and conditions of commercial sale of NXP Semiconductors.
Right to make changes - NXP Semiconductors reserves the right to make changes to information published in this
document, including without limitation specifications and product descriptions, at any time and without notice. This
document supersedes and replaces all information supplied prior to the publication hereof.
Security — Customer understands that all NXP products may be subject to unidentified or documented vulnerabilities.
Customer is responsible for the design and operation of its applications and products throughout their lifecycles to
reduce the effect of these vulnerabilities on customer’s applications and products. Customer’s responsibility also
extends to other open and/or proprietary technologies supported by NXP products for use in customer’s applications.
NXP accepts no liability for any vulnerability. Customer should regularly check security updates from NXP and follow
up appropriately.
Customer shall select products with security features that best meet rules, regulations, and standards of the intended
application and make the ultimate design decisions regarding its products and is solely responsible for compliance
with all legal, regulatory, and security related requirements concerning its products, regardless of any information or
support that may be provided by NXP. NXP has a Product Security Incident Response Team (PSIRT) (reachable
at PSIRT@nxp.com) that manages the investigation, reporting, and solution release to security vulnerabilities of
NXP products.
Suitability for use — NXP Semiconductors products are not designed, authorized or warranted to be suitable for use
in life support, life-critical or safety-critical systems or equipment, nor in applications where failure or malfunction of
an NXP Semiconductors product can reasonably be expected to result in personal injury, death or severe property
or environmental damage. NXP Semiconductors and its suppliers accept no liability for inclusion and/or use of
NXP Semiconductors products in such equipment or applications and therefore such inclusion and/or use is at the
customer’s own risk.
Suitability for use in automotive applications — This NXP Semiconductors product has been qualified for use in
automotive applications. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the product is not designed, authorized or warranted to
be suitable for use in life support, life-critical or safety-critical systems or equipment, nor in applications where failure
or malfunction of an NXP Semiconductors product can reasonably be expected to result in personal injury, death
or severe property or environmental damage. NXP Semiconductors and its suppliers accept no liability for inclusion
and/or use of NXP Semiconductors products in such equipment or applications and therefore such inclusion and/or use
is at the customer's own risk.
Applications — Applications that are described herein for any of these products are for illustrative purposes only.
NXP Semiconductors makes no representation or warranty that such applications will be suitable for the specified use
without further testing or modification.
Customers are responsible for the design and operation of their applications and products using NXP Semiconductors
products, and NXP Semiconductors accepts no liability for any assistance with applications or customer product
design. It is customer’s sole responsibility to determine whether the NXP Semiconductors product is suitable and fit
for the customer’s applications and products planned, as well as for the planned application and use of customer’s
third party customer(s). Customers should provide appropriate design and operating safeguards to minimize the risks
associated with their applications and products.
Table continues on the next page...
NXP Semiconductors does not accept any liability related to any default, damage, costs or problem which is based on
any weakness or default in the customer’s applications or products, or the application or use by customer’s third party
customer(s). Customer is responsible for doing all necessary testing for the customer’s applications and products using
NXP Semiconductors products in order to avoid a default of the applications and the products or of the application or
use by customer’s third party customer(s). NXP does not accept any liability in this respect.
Limiting values — Stress above one or more limiting values (as defined in the Absolute Maximum Ratings System of
IEC 60134) will cause permanent damage to the device. Limiting values are stress ratings only and (proper) operation
of the device at these or any other conditions above those given in the Recommended operating conditions section (if
present) or the Characteristics sections of this document is not warranted. Constant or repeated exposure to limiting
values will permanently and irreversibly affect the quality and reliability of the device.
Terms and conditions of commerical sale — NXP Semiconductors products are sold subject to the general terms
and conditions of commercial sale, as published at http://www.nxp.com/profile/terms, unless otherwise agreed in a
valid written individual agreement. In case an individual agreement is concluded only the terms and conditions of the
respective agreement shall apply. NXP Semiconductors hereby expressly objects to applying the customer’s general
terms and conditions with regard to the purchase of NXP Semiconductors products by customer.
No offer to sell or license — Nothing in this document may be interpreted or construed as an offer to sell products that
is open for acceptance or the grant, conveyance or implication of any license under any copyrights, patents or other
industrial or intellectual property rights.
Bare die — All die are tested on compliance with their related technical specifications as stated in this data sheet up
to the point of wafer sawing and are handled in accordance with the NXP Semiconductors storage and transportation
conditions. If there are data sheet limits not guaranteed, these will be separately indicated in the data sheet. There are
no post-packing tests performed on individual die or wafers.
NXP Semiconductors has no control of third party procedures in the sawing, handling, packing or assembly of the die.
Accordingly, NXP Semiconductors assumes no liability for device functionality or performance of the die or systems
after third party sawing, handling, packing or assembly of the die. It is the responsibility of the customer to test and
qualify their application in which the die is used. All die sales are conditioned upon and subject to the customer entering
into a written die sale agreement with NXP Semiconductors through its legal department.
Quick reference data — The Quick reference data is an extract of the product data given in the Limiting values and
Characteristics sections of this document, and as such is not complete, exhaustive or legally binding.
Export control — This document as well as the item(s) described herein may be subject to export control regulations.
Export might require a prior authorization from competent authorities.
Translations — A non-English (translated) version of a document is for reference only. The English version shall prevail
in case of any discrepancy between the translated and English versions.
NXP, the NXP logo, NXP SECURE CONNECTIONS FOR A SMARTER WORLD, COOLFLUX,EMBRACE,
GREENCHIP, HITAG, ICODE, JCOP, LIFE, VIBES, MIFARE, MANTIS, MIGLO, NTAG, ROADLINK, SMARTLX,
SMARTMX, STARPLUG, TOPFET, TRENCHMOS, UCODE, Freescale, the Freescale logo, AltiVec, CodeWarrior,
ColdFire, ColdFire+, the Energy Efficient Solutions logo, Kinetis, Layerscape, MagniV, mobileGT, PEG, PowerQUICC,
Processor Expert, QorIQ, QorIQ Qonverge, SafeAssure, the SafeAssure logo, StarCore, Symphony, VortiQa, Airfast,
BeeKit, BeeStack, CoreNet, Flexis, MXC, Platform in a Package, QUICC Engine, Tower, TurboLink, EdgeScale,
EdgeLock, eIQ, and Immersive3D are trademarks of NXP B.V. All other product or service names are the property
of their respective owners. AMBA, Arm, Arm7, Arm7TDMI, Arm9, Arm11, Artisan, big.LITTLE, Cordio, CoreLink,
CoreSight, Cortex, DesignStart, DynamIQ, Jazelle, Keil, Mali, Mbed, Mbed Enabled, NEON, POP, RealView,
SecurCore, Socrates, Thumb, TrustZone, ULINK, ULINK2, ULINK-ME, ULINK-PLUS, ULINKpro, µVision, Versatile
are trademarks or registered trademarks of Arm Limited (or its subsidiaries) in the US and/or elsewhere. The related
technology may be protected by any or all of patents, copyrights, designs and trade secrets. All rights reserved. Oracle
and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. M, M Mobileye and other Mobileye trademarks
or logos appearing herein are trademarks of Mobileye Vision Technologies Ltd. in the United States, the EU and/or
other jurisdictions.
©
NXP B.V. 2020-2021.
All rights reserved.
For more information, please visit: http://www.nxp.com
For sales office addresses, please send an email to: salesaddresses@nxp.com
Date of release: 05/2021
Document identifier: IMX8QPAEC
相关型号:
MIMX8QX1AVLFZAC
i.MX 8QuadXPlus and 8DualXPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors
NXP
MIMX8QX1AVOFZAC
i.MX 8QuadXPlus and 8DualXPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors
NXP
MIMX8QX2AVLFZAC
i.MX 8QuadXPlus and 8DualXPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors
NXP
MIMX8QX2AVOFZAC
i.MX 8QuadXPlus and 8DualXPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors
NXP
MIMX8QX5AVLFZAC
i.MX 8QuadXPlus and 8DualXPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors
NXP
MIMX8QX6AVLFZAC
i.MX 8QuadXPlus and 8DualXPlus Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors
NXP
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明